Zarges katalog 2020 by Grove Knutsen

ZARGES main catalogue Y

We reserve the right to make changes to technical specifications, the product range and prices without prior notice. Previous prices are hereby invalid. All measurements and weights are approximate values. We accept no liability for any printing errors or mistakes in the information provided. Last updated: date of printing. Reproduction of this document, in its entirety or in part, is only permitted with the express consent of ZARGES GmbH.

www.zarges.com

21/22

www.zarges.com CO

2021/ 22

NEUTRAL

N PA

E AT

Art.-Nr. 100EN01 04/2021 ZAR-20-048

Further information is available online or from your specialist retailer:

ZARGES

Access. Packaging & transportation. Special construction.

Beyond just climate-neutral. ZARGES is sustainable.

NEUTRAL

CO N PA

E AT

M Y

In 2021, ZARGES production facilities begin operating carbon-neutrally. We achieve this by constantly optimising our processes as well as offsetting our production-related carbon emissions through reforestation projects in places where we obtain our raw materials. But sustainability is more than just carbon neutrality.

ZARGES is going carbon-neutral from 2021

"We are committed to acting in a sustainable and responsible manner. We aspire to combine long-term economic value creation with environmental and social responsibility. Our aim is to create more value for our customers, employees and investors and to fulfil our responsibility towards the environment, people and society." Maximilian Treptow, Managing Director ZARGES GmbH

Four pillars, one goal Our mission statement and sustainability guidelines serve as the basis and blueprint to help us achieve our sustainability goals. The guidelines are based on four pillars:

Environment Economy

ZARGES VALUES SUSTAINABILITY

Social aspects Safety

Environment: Protection of the environment and nature. Prudent and responsible use of resources. Emissions must be prevented and treated to ensure minimal pollution. Economy: Exploitation results in detrimental consequences for future generations and does not secure livelihoods in the long term. Fairness in business dealings is our principle. Social aspects: Fair working conditions and safeguarding of employee interests. Mitigating social tensions is one of our fundamental principles. Safety: We ensure the safety of our employees and customers through our products and processes. In this way, we contribute to better planning and job security.

Did you know? FSC® stands for „Forest Stewardship Council®“. The FSC label is only given to products made with wood sourced from forests that are managed sustainably – just like our ZARGES catalogue. Visit www.zarges.com/sustainability for more information about sustainability at ZARGES

Packaging and transportation

from page 10

01 Boxes and cases

02 Containers, baskets and pallets 03 Trolleys and shelving systems

Access equipment

K 424 XC mobile box K 424 XC mobile office box K 470 universal case Hazardous goods containers K 470 battery box K 470 universal battery box K 470 universal container IP65 K 470 universal containers IP67 K 470 truck toolbox K 470 Plus hood-type container Eurobox Eurobox as a toolbox ZARGES box K 411 ZARGES case Accessories and spare parts Overview of interior fittings, mobility options and accessories Special application containers

14 17 18 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 33 34 35 36 48 50

K 270 transport containers Waste container Aluminium flat pallets

60 61 62

Cupboard trolleys Box trolleys Data disposal and security containers MPO transportation trolley Storage and retrieval shelving Storage and retrieval trolley

66 74 80 82 84 86

from page 88

04 Ladders

Single ladders Push-up and rope-operated ladders Multi-function ladders ZAP work platforms Stepladders, single-sided access Stepladders, double-sided access Step stools and work platforms Mobile platforms Special ladders Accessories and spare parts

05 Maintenance stairs and working platforms

Configurator for stairs and platforms 205 Platform steps 206 Steps 208 Access steps with platform 210 Mobile access steps with platform 212 Bridging steps 216 Work platforms 218 LiftMaster U 220 Lorry access steps 222 Maintenance and de-icing platforms 223 Accessories 224

92 102 108 118 124 134 144 152 158 166

06 Mobile scaffold towers

07 Fixed ladders

Folding scaffold units Individual parts for PaxTower Mobile scaffold towers with stabilisers Individual parts Spare parts

230 236 242 248 256

Configurator for fixed ladders Single-section fixed ladder systems Multi-section fixed ladder systems Individual parts

261 262 263 264

08 Shaft equipment

Shaft ladders Individual parts Shaft and well covers

278 283 290 04

Industry sectors

from page 294 Industry and plant engineering 296 Aviation 298 Trains and rail transport 300 Commercial vehicles and buses 302 Trades 304 Medical 306

Service and information

from page 308 Service 310 312 Dealer support ZARGES website 313 Search index Terms and conditions of warranty Contact

314 321 322

ZARGES innovations

Crestastep B The wooden painters' ladder that offers unparalleled comfort and safety. More on page 141

The new PaxTower Quick assembly. Optimal stability. Safe access. More on page 232

Everest Plus 2E Better footing at the top. The push-up ladder with 80 mm deep treads instead of rungs. More on page 103

Workmaster P The compact work platform with enhanced slip resistance. More on page 147 6

Height-adjustable work platforms Optimised maintenance access with a wide range of ladder options and a clearance height of up to 4 m. More on page 219

Mechanic's case The first shipping case with drawers. Mobile, ergonomic and individually configurable. More on page 54

Universal battery box Safe transport of lithium batteries. More on page 25

ZARGES Standards News

Standards – what has changed? In recent months, several standards and guidelines concerning the safe use of access equipment were further revised in order to reduce the number of accidents caused by a lack of knowledge or improper use. In this section, we are going to give you a brief overview of the most important changes.

Mobile scaffold towers: EN 1004:2020 Applicable to mobile work platforms made of prefabricated components with a platform height of up to 12 m (inside buildings) or up to 8 m (outside buildings). A new version of EN 1004 was introduced in late 2020 and allows for a transition period of six months in Germany. The new version is applicable to work platforms with a minimum platform height of 0 m (reduced from 2.0 m). This means even small scaffold towers are now subject to the standard; they must therefore be fitted with complete side protection (consisting of a guardrail, knee rail and toeboard) and fulfil stricter stability requirements. Furthermore, the allowable spacing between platforms has been reduced. This is intended to improve safety, particular during construction and dismantling.

Fixed ladder systems (physical structures): DIN 18799-3 Safety requirements & tests – Part 3: Accessories This part of the standard specifies in greater detail accessories for fixed ladder systems installed on physical structures. It defines the type-specific properties, dimensions and other requirements for ladders fitted on chimneys and support structures for aerials. It contains safety-related requirements. The standards in the DIN 18799 series take into account requests of companies and accident insurers that build or operate fixed ladders on physical structures or that play an advisory role in this regard. Amongst other things, they specify the requirements concerning fall protection equipment (such as guardrails), security doors in guardrails, and landing platforms.

Single- or multi-joint ladders: EN 131-4 The EN131-4 standard, which applies to ladders with one or more hinge-joints, has been extensively revised. The changes concern the following: p Strength test in use position p Introduction of "professional" and "non-professional" ladder classifications p Amendment of the strength test and slip test for a platform

Standards ZARGES products comply with current German national and international standards. Our development and production processes, which have been certified according to DIN EN ISO 9001-2008, guarantee safety and the highest level of reliability. Product

Applicable standards

Application

What has changed in 2020/2021?

Ladders

EN 131-1:2016-02 EN 131-2:2017-04 EN 131-3:2018-03 EN 131-4:2020-06

Portable ladders for a wide range of applications, e.g. single, push-up, step, multipurpose or hinged ladders, for use by 1 person weighing no more than 150 kg.

Changes to EN131-4: Strength tests in position of use, introduction of the classifications "professional" & "non-professional", changes to strength test/slip test for platforms

Ladders

EN131-6:2019-05

For telescopic ladders that can be extended and retracted to a compact size for transport.

Platform ladders

EN 131-7:2013-09

Steps

EN 14183:2004-03

Access steps, work platforms and gangways

EN ISO 14122-1-4:2016-10

Fixed ladders

DIN 18799-1, 18799-3 and 2:2019-06

Fixed ladders

DIN 14094-1:2017-04

Fixed emergency ladders with safety cage that provide a means of escape or rescue in case of emergency.

Mobile scaffold towers

EN 1004:2020-12

Mobile work platforms made of prefabricated components, with a height of 2.50 to 12 m (inside buildings) or 2.50 to 8 m (outside buildings).

Lifts

EN 280:2016-04

K470, K475 Modular container Special container

EN 60529:2019-02

Mobile platform ladders with a max. platform size of 1 m2, max. height of 5 m, and designed for use by 1 person weighing no more than 150 kg. It contains information on the standardisation of step stools (e.g. max. platform height of 1 m, designed for use by 1 person weighing no more than 150 kg). Permanent means of access to machinery, e.g. ramps, access steps, bridging steps, guardrails, work platforms, gangways and fixed ladders. Fixed ladders for construction works, with two side stiles or one central stile. Fall protection depends on overall access height; safety cage or fall arrester required.

This standard is currently being revised.

In the revised standard, fall protection (safety cage or fall arrester rail) is required from heights of 3 m or more. It was previously required from heights of 5 m or more.

The standard is about to be published. The newly revise standard will apply to platforms higher than 0 m, meaning even small scaffold towers will be included. The permissible gap between platforms will also be smaller than currently allowed.

Mobile aerial work platforms of any size and design, that are intended to carry persons to worksites and provide them a place to work from, under the condition that these persons are only allowed to enter and exit these platforms from locations close to the ground or from the chassis. Products with specified leak-tightness requirements. This standard describes the relevant test methods and implementation.

Rules/regulations/laws Ladders

TRBS 2121-2

Assessment of "risks that workers are subject to when using ladders".

Please refer to the brochure "Safety & more" for more information. Please note: You decide which standard is applicable to you based on the application. However, keep in mind that you have to perform your own risk assessment for this purpose. Therefore, periodic inspection of access equipment is not only recommended but also required by law. Every employer must appoint a competent person for ladders and mobile scaffold towers, who is responsible for regularly checking that all access equipment is in good working order.

Packaging and transportation

Packaging and transportation 01 Boxes and cases

12–57

02 Containers and pallets

58–63

03 Trolleys and shelving systems

64–87

Packaging and transportation/boxes and cases

Boxes and cases – safe packaging and transportation. K 424 XC mobile box

14–16

K 424 XC mobile office box

K 470 universal container

18–21

Hazardous goods packaging

22–23

K 470 battery box

24–25

K 470 universal container, IP 65 and IP 67

26–27

K 470 truck toolbox

K 470 Plus hood-type container

Eurobox

30–32

Eurobox as a toolbox

ZARGES Box

K 411 ZARGES Case

Interior fittings, accessories and spare parts

36–47

Overview of interior fittings, mobility and accessories

48–49

Special application containers

50–57

K 424 XC mobile box – mobile and ergonomic in use.

Can be stacked securely thanks to the stacking corners made of impactresistant plastic, and integrated stacking elements.

Ergonomic wheeling due to the integrated removable telescopic handle.

Secure and quiet transport due to the standard foam insert on its base. Made of abrasion-resistant PE foam, removable.

Safely package hazardous goods K 424 XC cases of all sizes are also available with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods. For more information, see pages 22-23.

Optimum mobility thanks to its standard 50 mm wheels. Optional: 125 mm wheels (1) or off-road 220 mm wheel set (2) with additional support legs.

Boxes and cases/K 424 XC mobile box

K 424 XC mobile box 2

01 3

4 1

The K 424 XC offers excellent mobility and ergonomics with its integrated wheels and pull-out handle. All-round beading and corner beading offer additional stability, allowing the box to withstand a load of up to 50 kg despite its low weight. Can be securely stacked thanks to stacking corners made of impact-resistant plastic and integrated stacking elements in the support frame. Other wheel sets are available for improved mobility on rough terrain. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Integrated wheels: Wheel diameter: Handles: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Yes 50 mm Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Special integrated wheels ∅ 50 mm

ZARGES Comfort fastener Number

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

max. gross weight with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods/ kg

Pull handle

Max. total weight kg

Order no.

516 × 350 × 159

550 × 400 × 233

6.3

25.0

3-section

25.0

41810

550 × 350 × 310

600 × 400 × 385

7.3

25.0

3-section

25.0

41811

750 × 350 × 380

800 × 400 × 455

9.0

35.0

2-section

35.0

41812

750 × 450 × 310

800 × 500 × 385

105

9.5

35.0

2-section

35.0

41813

750 × 635 × 410

800 × 685 × 485

195

12.0

35.0

2-section

35.0

41814

910 × 350 × 380

960 × 400 × 455

120

9.5

50.0

2. Sprung drop handle

50.0

41815

Note: Opening clearance approx. 30 mm smaller than inside dimensions (length and width). Special sizes on request.

Accessories Description

Order no.

Wheel set, 125 mm, for K 424 XC

41818

Off-road wheel set, 220 mm, compatible with order no. 41811, 41812 and 41815

41819

Off-road wheel set, 220 mm, compatible with order no. 41813

41832

Off-road wheel set, 220 mm, compatible with order no. 41814

41833

Boxes and cases/K 424 XC mobile box

K 424 XC mobile box full equipment package

K 424 XC mobile box including equipment package at a saving. The practical organiser system keeps everything neatly arranged. The box moves very smoothly due to the special wheels made of polyurethane and polyamide. The 125 mm wheel set can be mounted without tools to improve mobility on rough terrain. Equipment package contains a lid bag (order no. 41820), an inner bag (order no. 41823 or 41824) and the 125 mm wheel set (order no. 41818). Technical details K 424 XC mobile box with full equipment package

p p p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Integrated wheels: Wheel diameter: Handles: Fasteners:

Basic model

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

41811

550 × 350 × 310

600 × 400 × 385

41812

750 × 350 × 380

800 × 400 × 455

Note:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Yes 50 mm Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Weight kg

Pull handle

Max. total weight kg

Order no.

8.3

3-section

25.0

41816

10.0

2-section

35.0

41817

Opening clearance approx. 30 mm smaller than inside dimensions (length and width).

Accessories

Description

Order no.

Off-road wheel set, 220 mm, compatible with order no. 41811, 41812 and 41815

41819

Boxes and cases/K 424 XC mobile office box

K 424 XC mobile box office The mobile office – the ideal companion on the go. Fitted with suspension file system compliant with DIN 821. A large selection of accessories for different applications. Technical details p p p p p p p

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Yes 50 mm Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Integrated wheels: Wheel diameter: Handles: Fasteners:

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Pull handle

Max. total weight kg

Order no.

400 × 330 × 380

450 × 410 × 455

6.7

3-section

25.0

41809

Accessories Description

Length mm

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Wheel set, 125 mm, for K 424 XC

Order no. 41818

Divider set for mobile office box

400

41835

400 × 330 × 380

K 424 XC mobile box office full equipment package K 424 XC mobile box including equipment package at a saving. The practical organiser system keeps everything neatly arranged. The equipment package contains the following: attaché insert (order no. 41834), divider set (order no. 41835), 125 mm wheel set (order no. 41818) and fixing bracket set (order no. 41836). Fitted with suspension file system compliant with DIN 821. The 125 mm wheel set can be mounted without tools to improve mobility on rough terrain. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Integrated wheels: Wheel diameter: Handles: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Yes 50 mm Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Pull handle

Max. total weight kg

Order no.

400 × 330 × 380

450 × 410 × 455

6.7

3-section

25.0

41837

K 470 universal container – quality in every detail. 1

Protection against dust and moisture

Can be stacked securely

Lid is held in place securely

thanks to the peripheral foamed seal in the lid. Also available with IP 65 or 67 rating.

K 470 cases of all sizes are also available with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods.

due to stacking corners made of cast aluminium.

High rigidity

thanks to peripheral beading and corner beads for added stiffness (quantity depends on the size).

Customisation & accessories

Select the right interior fittings, accessories, or other customised solutions (e.g. embossing or paint finishing) according to your needs.

Highly mobile

due to optional accessories such as clip-on castors.

by two durable straps.

Safely package hazardous goods

Comfort

Ergonomic handles ensure comfortable and fatiguefree carry.

Durability

due to stainless steel hinges. All riveted joints with full rivets.

Excellent ergonomics

thanks to ZARGES Comfort fasteners.

Information Special sizes on request.

Boxes and cases/K 470 XC universal container

5 6

Optional security accessories

Fastener with plug lock

Fastener with spring anti-opening feature

Fastener with K 470 clip and shackle lock

Fastener with catch spring retention (anti-opening feature) and plug lock

Boxes and cases/K 470 XC universal container

K 470 universal case

Easy to use even with gloves on

Compact and secure storage and transport thanks to stacking corners made of cast aluminium. Protection against dust and moisture thanks to peripheral foamed seal in the lid, optionally with IP 65 or IP 67 rating. Large, ergonomic handles and closures facilitate handling, even when the user is wearing gloves. Resistant to heat and cold, tested from -54°C to +80°C. Numerous quality features, including fully welded profiles, stainless steel hinges, beading and full rivets, guarantee a long service life. All K 470 models with base dimensions of 750 × 550 mm and above are made of extra-thick 1.5 mm sheet metal to provide added stability. 25 standard sizes, customised sizes on request. Technical details p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Handles: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Ergonomic, extra-wide ZARGES Comfort handles

You can find a list of compatible accessories in the table on page 48/49 or at www.zarges.com

Durable ZARGES Comfort fastener

Boxes and cases/K 470 XC universal container

8 6

2 9

3 12

1 5 18

21 19 11

Number

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

max. gross weight with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods kg

Matching foam lining*

Order no.

350 × 250 × 150

400 × 300 × 180

2.6

26.0

43860

40835

350 × 250 × 310

400 × 300 × 340

3.1

58.0

43861

40677

550 × 350 × 150

600 × 400 × 180

4.2

60.0

43862

40810

550 × 350 × 220

600 × 400 × 250

4.8

65.0

43863

40568

550 × 350 × 310

600 × 400 × 340

5.0

70.0

43864

40678

550 × 350 × 380

600 × 400 × 410

5.3

75.0

43865

40564

550 × 550 × 220

600 × 600 × 250

5.6

65.0

43866

40849

550 × 550 × 380

600 × 600 × 410

115

6.6

75.0

43867

40859

550 × 550 × 580

600 × 600 × 610

175

7.8

94.0

43868

40836

600 × 430 × 450

650 × 480 × 480

116

6.5

70.0

43869

40837

600 × 560 × 440

650 × 610 × 470

148

7.4

83.0

43871

40839

690 × 460 × 380

740 × 510 × 410

121

6.9

71.0

43873

40841

690 × 640 × 340

740 × 690 × 370

150

8.0

84.0

43874

40842

690 × 640 × 430

740 × 690 × 460

190

8.6

100.0

43875

40843

750 × 550 × 380

800 × 600 × 410

157

10.0

102.0

43877

40565

750 × 550 × 580

800 × 600 × 610

239

12.0

126.0

43878

40566

780 × 480 × 520

830 × 530 × 550

195

11.1

103.0

43879

40844

900 × 480 × 400

950 × 530 × 430

173

11.0

93.0

43880

40845

900 × 640 × 450

950 × 690 × 480

259

13.4

115.0

43881

40846

950 × 450 × 380

1000 × 500 × 410

162

10.9

65.0

43882

40567

1150 × 350 × 150

1200 × 400 × 180

7.5

50.0

43887

40847

1150 × 750 × 480

1200 × 800 × 510

414

20.0

183.0

43884

40580

1350 × 400 × 220

1400 × 450 × 250

119

9.5

65.0

43888

40848

1550 × 550 × 465

1600 × 600 × 495

396

25.0

150.0

43885

40875

25 1650 × 750 × 670 * Price does not include foam lining.

1700 × 800 × 700

829

30.0

200.0

43886

40876

Note:

Opening clearance approx. 30 mm smaller than inside dimensions (length and width). Special sizes on request.

Boxes and cases/hazardous goods packaging

ZARGES hazardous goods packaging meets a wide range of requirements ZARGES has many decades of experience with UN-approved containers made of aluminium. Regardless of what packagingrelated needs you may have, ZARGES can offer you the perfect solution from a single source – from production of boxes, to their interior fittings, to an authorised test centre for fall tests and approvals through BAM.

CUSTOMER + ZARGES Consultation and packaging conception (internal and external packaging)

YES

Is the product available?

Solution covered by existing approval

NOT YET Development of a special solution Design, construction and testing by ZARGES

Large selection of existing UN approvals

Further testing, e.g. fire tests where necessary ZULASSUNGSSCHEIN CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL The German version is the only legally binding text Zulassung nach Abschnitt 22 der Allgemeinen Einleitung des Internationalen Codes für die Beförderung gefährlicher Güter mit Seeschiffen (IMDG-Code) Approval according to section 22 of the General Introduction of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code)

Application for approval

Nr. D/BAM 6071/4BW für die Bauart einer Verpackung zur Beförderung gefährlicher Güter for the design type of a packaging for the transport of dangerous goods

Aktenzeichen / Reference Number III.12/95458 1. Rechtsgrundlagen / Legal Bases 1.1 Gefahrgutverordnung Straße - GGVS vom 22. Dezember 1998 (BGBl. I S. 3994), ), zuletzt geändert durch Artikel 5 der GefÄndV vom 23. Juni 1999 (BGBl. I S. 1435) (Reference to the German regulation concerning the carriage of dangerous goods on road.)

1.2 Gefahrgutverordnung Eisenbahn - GGVE vom 22. Dezember 1998 (BGBl. I S. 3910) (Reference to the German regulation concerning the carriage of dangerous goods by rail.)

1.3 Gefahrgutverordnung See - GGVSee vom 4. März 1998 (BGBl. I S. 419), zuletzt geändert durch Artikel 4 der GefÄndV vom 23. Juni 1999 (BGBl. I S. 1435) - insbesondere Abschnitt 10 in Verbindung mit Anhang I des IMDG-Code deutsch in der Fassung des Amendments 29-98 (Bundesanzeiger Nr. 45a vom 6. März 1999 und Nr. 104a vom 10. Juni 1999) (Reference to the German regulation concerning the carriage of dangerous goods by seagoing vessels)

1.4 Bekanntmachung über die Beförderung gefährlicher Güter einschließlich Waffen im Luftverkehr durch Luftfahrtunternehmen vom 06. Mai 1999 (Nachrichten für Luftfahrer - NfL II – 47/99) in Verbindung mit der Erlaubnis zur Beförderung gefährlicher Güter im Luftverkehr durch Luftfahrtunternehmen vom 06. Mai 1999 (Nachrichten für Luftfahrer - NfL II – 48/99) (Reference to the German regulation concerning the carriage of dangerous goods by air)

Antragsteller / Applicant Zarges Leichtbau GmbH, Zargesstr. 7, 82362 Weilheim

Hersteller / Manufacturer Zarges Leichtbau GmbH, Zargesstr. 7, 82362 Weilheim

Beschreibung der Bauart / Specification of the design type Kiste aus Aluminium mit abweichender Spezifikation mit Innenverpackungen (Gefäße aus Stahl) Aluminium boxes with deviating specification with inner packagings) (receptacles of steel)

Hersteller-Typenbezeichnung / Type designation of the manufacturer: Transportbehälter Id.-Nr 343188 Abmessungen / Dimensions: Länge / Length Breite/ Width Höhe (gesamt) / Height, total

3270 1170 772

mm mm mm

Spezifikation / Specification: Die Bauart wird durch die Beschreibungen, technischen Zeichnungen, Werkstoffspezifikationen und Bescheinigungen gemäß der/des unter Ziffer 5 genannten Prüfnachweise(s) festgelegt. The design type is specified by the descriptions, technical drawings, material specifications and certificates as given in the test report(s), referred to under No. 5.

Veröffentlichungen, auch auszugsweise, Hinweise auf Untersuchungen zu Werbezwecken und die Verarbeitung von Inhalten, bedürfen in jedem Einzelfalle der widerruflichen, schriftlichen Einwilligung der BAM Publication, even partly, references to inquiries for the purpose of publicity and the work up of contents demand in each case the revocable written consent of BAM

The ZARGES test and inspection centre is authorised to test hazardous goods packaging and to apply for type approvals.

ZARGES hazardous goods range (excerpt) Hazardous goods packaging tailored to your needs: ZARGES offers you a wide range of sizes and models to choose from.

K 470 – optionally with IP 65 rating

K 424 XC mobile box

K 473 heavy-duty case

K 475 transport and storage containers

Boxes and cases/hazardous goods packaging

Hazardous goods Safely package dangerous goods. p Large selection of approved standard sizes. p Wide range of approved product types (UN 4B, UN 4BV, UN 50B). p Short delivery times even for special sizes. p UN 4B approval for all modes of transport. p Highly sturdy thanks to the 1.5 mm thick sheets used on containers with base dimensions of 800 × 600 mm and above. p ZARGES has its own type-testing facility that is approved and monitored by the German Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing (BAM). p Large selection of accessories and interior fittings. p High-quality service and advice.

Aluminium – the first choice for safety. p p p p p

Extremely robust for long service life. Lightweight. Optimal ratio of inside to outside dimensions. Easy to open and close. Ideal for heavy loads.

Additional charge for testing as per specifications of hazardous goods packaging directive (order no. 926000) for order quantity:

Order no.

1–9 items

926000

10–19 items

926000

20–99 items

926000

from 100 items

926000 Accessories are shown in the image

The ideal solution for every kind of hazardous goods

Dangerous Goods Class 6.2: Infectious substances

Dangerous Goods Class 3: Flammable liquids

Insulated container for temperaturecontrolled transport

ZARGES packaging solutions for lithium batteries. p Prototype. p UN 38.3 certified. p Defective battery. p Critically defective battery. p Disposal/recycling. Detailed information can be found in the brochure "Safely package hazardous goods". Dangerous Goods Class 9: Miscellaneous hazardous substances and objects, e.g. lithium batteries

Boxes and cases/K 470 – battery box

K 470 – battery box

For the safe storage and transport of defective or damaged lithium batteries in accordance with ADR SP 376 and P908. Specification also available for critically defective lithium batteries in accordance with P911. Dust-free interior with fireproof padding and absorbent material made of textured fibreglass. Tested and approved as hazardous goods packaging in accordance with UN requirements, i. e. can be transported on public roads. Successfully fire-tested: flame does not spread to adjacent batteries, temperature on the container surface remains below 100°C. Technical details

Dust-free interior fittings

p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Handles: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Durable ZARGES Comfort fastener

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

max. gross weight with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods kg

Order no.

550 × 550 × 220

600 × 600 × 250

11.5

65.0

40582

Boxes and cases/K 470 – universal battery box

K 470 – battery box Universal

For illustrative purposes only

Hazardous goods packaging certified for lithium-ion batteries UN 3480, UN 3481. Suitable for transporting prototypes (ADR P910), damaged or defective batteries (ADR SP 376, P908), critically defective batteries (ADR SP 376, P911), and batteries for disposal and recycling (ADR P909). Also passed fire tests involving critically defective batteries with nominal capacity of over 1,000 Wh. Maximum outside temperature below 100°C, no flames or splinters escaping in the event of an accident. High dielectric strength, i.e. also suitable for high-performance batteries, such as those used in power tools. Padding and absorbent material are nonflammable, non-conductive and dust-free. The box is also perfect for the storage of lithium-ion batteries.

Non-flammable padding and absorbent material

Technical details p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Handles: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners Convenient size of approx. 600 × 400 × 250 mm

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H mm

Volume l

Weight kg

max. gross weight Approval for the transportation of hazardous goods kg

Order no.

550 × 350 × 220

600 × 400 × 250

11.5

65.0

40583

Boxes and cases/IP 65

K 470 universal container, IP 65 1

TÜV-certified box with pressure compensation valve – ideal for all applications requiring increased protection against moisture, water jets and dust. IP 65 rating in accordance with EN 60529 thanks to the foamed seal in the lid. 3 standard sizes ex stock, customised versions available on request. Also available with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods. Technical details Automatic pressure-compensation membrane

p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Comfort fasteners

Peripheral foamed seal in the lid

1–5 items

IP 65 protection against water jets

Number

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Additional charge IP 65 version for K 470

Order no.

40835, 40677, 40810, 40568, 40678, 40564, 40849, 40859, 40836, 40837, 40839, 40841, 40842, 40843, 40565

926002

40566, 40580, 40844, 40845, 40846, 40567, 40847

926003

Volume l

Weight kg

max. gross weight with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods kg

Order no.

550 × 350 × 380

600 × 400 × 410

5.3

75.0

366206

750 × 550 × 380

800 × 600 × 410

157

10.0

102.0

366217

750 × 550 × 580

800 × 600 × 610

239

12.0

126.0

366218

from 6 items

Boxes and cases/IP 67

K 470 – IP 67 3

01 1

TÜV-certified box with extra-large pressure compensation valve – optimal protection against dust and water. New patented combination of hinge and fastener. Customised versions available on request. Technical details p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Comfort fasteners

Extra-large pressure compensation valve

Lid alignment feature

Number

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

550 × 350 × 380

750 × 550 × 380

600 × 400 × 410

5.3

380366

800 × 600 × 410

157

10.0

379083

750 × 550 × 580

800 × 600 × 610

239

12.0

380378

900 × 640 × 450

950 × 690 × 480

259

13.4

379725

Boxes and cases/K 470 truck toolbox

K 470 truck toolbox

Quick-release mount for removable truck toolbox

Crash-tested transportation and storage box for vehicle flatbeds; ideal for use in public services, skilled trades, gardening, agriculture and forestry. Two methods of securing the box to a vehicle's flatbed: permanently bolted in place (40510, 40511) or detachable (40512, 40513). Additionally sealed for greater protection against moisture and dust. Box contents can be secured with the help of lashing rings on the base of the box. The armoured hasp provides additional protection again unauthorised access. The wide range of accessories allow the box to adapt to any situation perfectly (e.g. clip-on castors for easy transport when the box is removed from the vehicle). Technical details p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Handles: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Eye bolts for securing loads inside the box

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

1150 × 750 × 480

1200 × 800 × 510

414

20.0

40510

1650 × 750 × 670

1700 × 800 × 700

829

30.0

40511

1150 × 750 × 480

1250 × 800 × 510

414

22.0

40512*

1650 × 750 × 670

1750 × 800 × 700

829

32.0

40513*

*Space required on the flatbed: 40512 = 1,270 × 850 mm; 40513 = 1,770 × 850 mm.

Accessories

Description

Fits

Order no.

Anti-slip mat, 1,150 × 750 mm

40510, 40512

40514

Anti-slip mat, 1,650 × 750 mm

40511, 40513

40515

Boxes and cases/K 470 Plus hood-type container

K 470 Plus hood-type transport container

A two-part transportation system consisting of a top and bottom section. The bottom part is available in two base dimensions and can be flexibly combined with top sections of different heights. Easy and ergonomic access to the contents via the lid or by removing the top part. This allows the contents to be easily lifted out and devices to be operated whilst they are inside the container. Stackable with other boxes in the K470 series. Customised versions available on request. Technical details p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Handles: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

550 × 350 × 150 550 × 350 × 220 550 × 350 × 380

Access to the contents of the case via the lid or by removing the top section

Description

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

600 × 400 × 180

Bottom section

2.6

40500

600 × 400 × 250

Top section: Total height with bottom section 150 mm: 370 mm

4.0

40501

600 × 400 × 410

Top section: Total height with bottom section 150 mm: 530 mm

4.7

40502

750 × 550 × 150

800 × 600 × 180

Bottom section

4.8

40503

750 × 550 × 220

800 × 600 × 250

Bottom section

5.5

40504

750 × 550 × 380

800 × 600 × 410

Top section: Total height 530 and 600 mm respectively

157

8.6

40505

800 × 600 × 610

Top section: Total height 730 and 800 mm respectively

240

10.5

40506

750 × 550 × 580

Eurobox – the box with the distinctive blue corners. 1

Protection against dust and moisture

Customisation and accessories

Can be stacked securely

thanks to the peripheral foamed seal in the lid.

Catch/hook made of aluminium/stainless steel.

Select the right interior fittings and accessories for your needs.

Lid is held in place securely

thanks to corner beads for added stiffness andjoints with solid rivets.

Comfort

Ergonomic handles ensure comfortable and fatigue-free carry.

by two durable straps.

High rigidity

Highly mobile

due to optional accessories such as clip-on castors.

Secure even under heavy loads

due to high-performance flash welding and high-strength positive locking.

due to stacking corners made of impact-resistant plastic.

Security

High durability

due to stainless-steel hinges riveted to the steel jacket and the lid's solid profile section.

Boxes and cases/Eurobox

2 3

Optional security accessories

Fastener with plug lock

astener with catch spring F retention (anti-opening feature) and plug lock

Fastener with spring anti-opening feature

Fastener with clip and shackle lock

Boxes and cases/Eurobox

Eurobox 6

2 8

Stacking corners made of impact-resistant plastic ensure secure stacking. The allround foamed seal in the lid is highly durable and offers protection against dust and water splashes. A whole host of quality features ensure the product is sturdy and has a long service life, including fully welded profiles, corner beads and full rivets. Ergonomic handling thanks to ZARGES Comfort handles (load capacity of 50 kg) and ZARGES Comfort fasteners with extremely long service life. Technical details p p p p p

ZARGES Comfort fastener with extremely long service life

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Handles: Fasteners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Ergonomic ZARGES Comfort handle for loads of up to 50 kg

Number

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

350 × 250 × 310

400 × 300 × 340

3.0

40700

550 × 350 × 220

600 × 400 × 250

4.7

40701

550 × 350 × 310

600 × 400 × 340

4.9

40702

550 × 350 × 380

600 × 400 × 410

5.2

40703

640 × 230 × 280

690 × 280 × 310

4.5

40711

750 × 350 × 310

800 × 400 × 340

6.1

40704

750 × 550 × 380

800 × 600 × 410

157

7.5

40705

750 × 550 × 580

800 × 600 × 610

239

8.9

40706

1150 × 750 × 480

1200 × 800 × 510

414

13.0

40709

1150 × 250 × 220

1200 × 300 × 250

6.3

40710

Note: Opening clearance approx. 30 mm smaller than inside dimensions (length and width).

Boxes and cases/Eurobox as toolbox

Eurobox as a toolbox

01 2

Rugged aluminium brackets on the inside for installing plastic inserts. Exchangeable inserts allow the box to be customised to your needs. Large, ergonomic handles and closures facilitate handling, even when the user is wearing gloves. Option of securing the box using the armoured hasp for shackle locks (up to 8 mm shackle thickness). Technical details p p p p p

Material: Seal: Stacking corners: Handles: Fasteners:

Note:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal Yes Sprung drop handles Comfort fasteners

Stacking corners made from impact-resistant plastic

Number

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

550 × 350 × 310

600 × 400 × 340

5.5

40707

750 × 350 × 310

800 × 400 × 340

6.7

40708

Opening clearance approx. 30 mm smaller than inside dimensions (length and width). Box is delivered without content. Plastic trays are sold separately.

Possible combinations Plastic tray 40625

Plastic tray 40624

Fits closed

4×

–

40707

2×

3×

40707

–

6×

40707

–

4×

40708

2×

1×

40708

Accessories Description

Length mm

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Order no.

Plastic tray

315

315 × 170 × 60

40624

Plastic tray

515

515 × 155 × 60

40625

Boxes and cases/ZARGES box

ZARGES box 1

The safe and economical transport and storage solution with compact design. Deep-drawn lid that holds itself in place; with stainless steel hinges and without stacking corners. The all-round foamed seal in the lid is highly durable and offers protection against dust and water splashes. Fully welded aluminium profiles and corner beads ensure high rigidity. Heavy-duty sprung drop handles on the short side. Order no. 40860 and 40861 feature a briefcase handle on the front side. Snap fasteners with plug locks. Can be additionally secured with lead seals or a padlock (max. shackle thickness 6 mm). Mini-Box XS – in hand-luggage format. Smooth lid without stacking corners

Technical details p Material: p Seal: p Stacking corners:

Aluminium Foamed lid seal No

Corner bead

You can find a list of compatible accessories in the table on page48/49 or at www.zarges.com

Number

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Description

450 × 290 × 180

500 × 340 × 200

550 × 350 × 220

600 × 400 × 240

550 × 350 × 310

750 × 350 × 310

850 × 450 × 350

Note:

Volume l

Weight kg

Mini-Box XS

3.1

40860

Mini-Box

4.0

40861

600 × 400 × 330

Mini-Box Plus

4.5

40877

800 × 400 × 330

Midi-Box

5.5

40862

900 × 500 × 370

Maxi-Box

135

6.9

40863

Opening clearance approx. 30 mm smaller than inside dimensions (length and width).

Order no.

Boxes and cases/K 411 ZARGES case and K410 Alu Case

K 411 ZARGES case Scratch-resistant surfaces made of anodised aluminium profiles and plastic shells help the case retains its attractive appearance. The all-round seal offers protection against dust and water splashes. Features easy-to-use fasteners with a combination lock and an integrated mechanism that prevents accidental opening.

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Implementation

Weight kg

Order no.

360 × 300 × 140

375 × 345 × 160

Empty case

2.0

41713

420 × 320 × 130

435 × 365 × 150

Empty case

2.3

41714

470 × 350 × 130

485 × 405 × 150

Empty case

2.6

41715

530 × 330 × 140

545 × 385 × 160

Empty case

2.7

41716

650 × 455 × 190

665 × 510 × 210

Empty case

4.4

41717

360 × 300 × 140

375 × 345 × 160

with lining

2.6

41718

420 × 320 × 130

435 × 365 × 150

with lining

3.0

41719

470 × 350 × 130

485 × 405 × 150

with lining

2.8

41720

530 × 330 × 140

545 × 385 × 160

with lining

3.7

41721

650 × 455 × 190

665 × 510 × 210

with lining

5.9

41722

Accessories Description

Fits

Order no.

Pick 'n Pluck foam set for K 411

41713

41726

Pick 'n Pluck foam set for K 411

41714

41727

Pick 'n Pluck foam set for K 411

41715

41728

Pick 'n Pluck foam set for K 411

41716

41729

Pick 'n Pluck foam set for K 411

41717

41730

K 410 Alu Case Corrosion-resistant, anodised aluminium case for a wide range of applications. The all-round foamed seal in the lid is highly durable and offers protection against dust and water splashes. Corners are reinforced with corner protectors make the case even more rugged. Features comfortable carrying handle and lockable closures with a mechanism that prevents accidental opening. Technical details p Material: p Seal: p Handles:

Anodised aluminium Foamed lid seal Case handle

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

470 × 350 × 120

480 × 380 × 125

2.2

40763

530 × 330 × 140

540 × 360 × 145

2.5

40764

360 × 300 × 140

370 × 330 × 145

1.8

40765

470 × 350 × 170

480 × 380 × 175

2.7

40766

Interior fittings, accessories and spare parts – Tailored to your needs.

Long service life thanks to a reliable supply of spare parts.

Customisable design thanks to perfectly fitting foam inserts and a wide range of interior fittings.

Practical exterior fittings for a wide range of applications and requirements.

Optimum mobility due to a comprehensive range of accessories for every need. Maximum safety due to a wide range of security accessories.

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts

Interior fittings Dimensions L × W × H mm

Compatible with inside dimensions from L × W mm

Order no.

420 × 260 × 40

550 × 350

41820

260 × 150 × 40

310 × 250

41821

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Compatible with inside dimensions from L × W mm

Order no.

430 × 290 × 40

550 × 350

40626

290 × 260 × 40

550 × 350

41834

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Compatible with inside dimensions from L × W mm

Order no.

430 × 260 × 40

550 × 350

40627

430 × 260 × 60

550 × 350

40630

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Compatible with inside dimensions from L × W mm

Order no.

550 × 350

40730

550 × 350 × 190

Lid bag Ideal for laptops, tablets, cables, small parts or documents. The bag is easily detachable. Carry loads of up to 2 kg. Easy to install. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Attaché insert A practical folder for documents and work paraphernalia. Made of hardwearing fabric and can be installed by the customer. Easy to install. Self-adhesive design. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Tool bag A portable, detachable storage bag for tools. Made of hard-wearing fabric. With fold-down compartment for easy access to the tools. For self-installation. Order no. 40627 is mounted using twopiece tubular rivets. Order no. 40630 is self-adhesive. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Divider set The customisable organisation system for large items, made of high-quality foam, for self-installation. Includes base foam and self-adhesive convoluted foam in the lid. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts Adjustable aluminium divider set Consisting of an aluminium divider panel with 2 notched bars for even better organisation. Self-adhesive plastic panels. The aluminium divider panel can be positioned as required without using tools. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Small parts tray The organising system for small parts (for self-installation). With 21 divider inserts made of polypropylene (PP). Compatible with the Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Inner bag with crosswise divider Robust, water-repellent inner bag made of polyester. Fully closable with all-round zip fastener. Lateral bracing for easy loading and unloading. Removable, equipped with sturdy carrying handles. Equipped with crosswise dividers with Velcro fasteners that allow them to be positioned as desired. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470 and Eurobox series.

Dimensions W × H

Order no.

346 × 215

40864

346 × 305

40865

446 × 345

40866

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Order no.

430 × 330 × 60

40628

Dimensions L × W × H mm

No. of crosswise dividers

Order no.

516 × 350 × 159

41822

550 × 350 × 310

41823

750 × 350 × 380

41824

750 × 450 × 310

41826

750 × 635 × 410

41827

910 × 350 × 380

41828

550 × 350 × 380

41829

750 × 550 × 380

41830

750 × 550 × 580

41831

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Order no.

600 × 600 × 0

43831

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Volume l

Order no.

300 × 200 × 50

43834

600 × 400 × 60

43838

1000 × 600 × 70

43839

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Order no.

500 × 450 × 70

43833

Zip-seal bag Can be used as sealed internal packaging for ZARGES hazardous goods containers. Leakproof in combination with the use of absorption material. Mandatory for infectious substances that are required to be packed in accordance with transport regulations P 650 and P 620. With easy-to-use zip seal for quick and convenient opening and closing. Material: PE, thickness 100 µm. Packaging unit: 1 box contains 100 pieces. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Fire-resistant cushion Fire-resistant cushion made of fibreglass. For absorbing vibrations and any spills or leakage during transport and storage. They are easier to handle than loose vermiculite and generate no dust. Electrically non-conductive. Compatible with the K470 and Eurobox series.

Fire-resistant cushion Fire-resistant packaging pads made of tear-resistant glass-fibre fabric. Filled with approx. 15 litres of the fireproof chemical binding agent Perleen® 444. For absorbing vibrations and any spills or leakage during transport and storage. Electrically non-conductive. Compatible with the K470 and Eurobox series.

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts

Foam lining Durable and wear-resistant lining comprising of physically cross-linked PE foam for the base and walls (density 40 kg/m³, thickness 11 mm), and convoluted foam for the lid. Easy to fit thanks to the self-adhesive wall and lid linings. The base lining is simply placed at the bottom.

Fits

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

40835

350 × 250 × 150

43860

40677, 40700

350 × 250 × 310

43861

40810

550 × 350 × 150

43862

40701, 40568, 40861, 40810

550 × 350 × 220

43863

41811, 40678, 40702, 40877

550 × 350 × 310

43864

40564, 40703

550 × 350 × 380

43865

40849

550 × 550 × 220

43866

40859

550 × 550 × 380

43867

40836

550 × 550 × 580

43868

40837

600 × 430 × 450

43869

40839

600 × 560 × 400

43871

40841

690 × 460 × 380

43873

40842

690 × 640 × 340

43874 43875

40843

690 × 640 × 430

40704, 40862

750 × 350 × 310

43876

40565, 40705

750 × 550 × 380

43877

40566, 40706

750 × 550 × 580

43878

40844

780 × 480 × 520

43879

40845

900 × 480 × 400

43880

40846

900 × 640 × 450

43881 43882

40567

950 × 450 × 380

40710

1150 × 250 × 220

43883

40580, 40709

1150 × 750 × 480

43884

40875

1550 × 550 × 465

43885

40876

1650 × 750 × 670

43886

40847

1150 × 350 × 150

43887

40848

1350 × 400 × 220

43888

41810

516 × 350 × 159

43889

41815

910 × 350 × 380

43890

41812

750 × 350 × 380

43891

41813

750 × 450 × 310

43892

41814

750 × 635 × 410

43893

Note: Other materials and wall thicknesses on request.

Order no.

Additional charge for installation

Order no.

43860-43861

926005

43862-43864, 43866, 43889

926006

43865, 43867 - 43884, 43890 - 43893

926007

43885 - 43888

926008

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts Fits

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Order no.

41810

516 × 350 × 159

43848

41811, 40678, 40564, 40702, 40703, 40877,

550 × 350 × 380

43854

41812

750 × 350 × 380

43850

41813

750 × 450 × 310

43851

41814

750 × 635 × 410

43852

41815

910 × 350 × 380

43853

40568, 40701, 40861

550 × 350 × 220

40735

40849

750 × 550 × 220

40736

40710

1150 × 250 × 220

40737

40704, 40862

750 × 350 × 310

43855

40705

750 × 550 × 380

43856

Pick 'n Pluck foam set Pre-cubed foam is easily removed to create different shapes and depths. The fast and simple solution for individual items or small batches. Layout can be changed without tools. Set includes foam sheets of two thicknesses: lid insert (convoluted foam) 30 mm, base foam 10 mm. Lid is equipped with self-adhesive convoluted foam. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Customisable foam inserts Foam inserts tailored to the requirements and purpose specified by a customer, ranging from simple linings to multilayer custom-made foam inlays. As well as specifications like colour, texture and appearance, we can take into account requirements such as conductivity, antistatic and flameretardant properties, and resistance to UV, temperatures, mineral oil or other kinds of chemicals. Simply provided us with photos, drawings, digital 3D models or original parts, and you'll receive your packaging solution from a single source.

Mobility Description

Wheel diameter mm

Load-bearing capacity kg

Order no.

Set of fixed castors

100

100.0

40741

Set of swivel castors

100

100.0

40742

Clip-on castors Mobility for all models with inside dimensions of 550 x 350 mm and above. Can be fitted without using tools. Made of solid rubber, ∅ 100 mm, swivel castors fitted with wheel brakes. Load capacity of up to 100 kg on 4 castors. Recommended configurations: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors; or 4 swivel castors Compatible with the K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series. The set consists of two wheels.

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts Add-on castors

Order no. 40738

2 castors made of high-quality polyamide, ∅ 75 mm. Easy mounting through threaded connection. Load capacity 50 kg/set. Ideal for boxes with an outside length of 800 – 1000 mm. Delivery includes the required mounting equipment and assembly instructions. Compatible with the K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Trolley Telescopic trolley. Easy self-installation. Pull-out and lockable handle. Trolley can be removed at any time and without the use of tools. Ideal for boxes with an outside length of 500 mm – 800 mm. Easy-running running gear, ∅ 54 mm. Load capacity 30 kg. Compatible with the K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series. Supplementary kit for trolley The supplementary kit allows the trolley to be used with other boxes. Compatible with the K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

W 150 dolly trolley Aluminium chassis, low version. Chassis: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors, ∅ mm 125 mm, 40 mm wide, easyrunning, non-marking rubber wheels with roller bearings. Compatible with the K470, Eurobox, ZARGES Box and K270 series.

W 152 dolly trolley Aluminium chassis, high version. Chassis: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors, corner-mounted, ∅ 125 mm, 40 mm wide, easy-running, non-marking rubber wheels with roller bearings and thread guards. Fits K 470 series and Eurobox.

Wheel diameter mm

Load-bearing capacity up to max. kg

Order no.

30.0

40739

Order no. 40740

Compatible with inside dimensions from L × W mm

Load-bearing capacity up to max. kg

Order no.

600 × 400

150.0

40607

800 × 600

150.0

40608

Compatible with inside dimensions from L × W mm

Load-bearing capacity up to max. kg

Order no.

800 × 600

150.0

40680

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts Compatible with inside dimensions from L × W mm

Load-bearing capacity kg

Order no.

800 × 600

300.0

45096

1200 × 800

600.0

45097

W 154 heavy-load dolly trolley Constructed from welded aluminium profile-sections. Castors (2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with brake) made of polyamide, white. Load capacity 45096 up to 300 kg, 45097 up to 600 kg. Compatible with the K470 and Eurobox series.

Pallet base If required, the cases can be fitted with a pallet substructure. Pallets made of wood, plastic or aluminium.

Accessories Shackle lock

Order no. 46989

3-digit shackle lock with freely selectable code combination. Shackle diameter 5 mm. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

TSA shackle lock

Order no. 46789

3-digit shackle lock with freely selectable code combination. The shackle lock can be opened by American TSA staff without it being damaged. Compatible with all K424 XC, K 470, Euroboxes, K 475 and ZARGES Boxes.

Description

Order no.

Lock set (identical locks only in the set)

40832

Lock set (complete series of identical locks)

40833

Lock set For all cases with fasteners that can be fitted with locks. Consisting of 2 locks and 2 keys. Compatible with the K470 and Eurobox series.

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts Catch-spring anti-opening feature For all cases fitted with ZARGES Comfort fasteners (width 54 mm). Prevents the fasteners accidentally springing open. Easy to install. Fasteners can be retrofitted with spring anti-opening feature for added protection against accidental opening. Consisting of 2 catch spring retention (anti-opening feature) and 2 covering clips.

Stainless-steel anchoring cable Prevents a box from being taken away when it is locked. Plastic-sheathed stainless steel cable. One end of the cable equipped with a loop. Easy to install. Compatible with all K 424 XC, K 470 and Euroboxes. Order no. 375891 includes ZARGES installation service. Order no. 41838 for retrofitting by the customer. Lifting gear One set comprises 4 lifting slings. Can bear loads of up to 200 kg per case. Can also be used in combination with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods (GGV). Fits all K 470 series.

Fixing bracket set Hook-and-look strips allow for tool-free mounting: adhere to most carpeted surfaces in car boots. Anodised surface. Fitted with an elastic band to fix small parts in place. Set includes 2 units. Fits the K 424 XC, K 470, Eurobox and ZARGES box series.

Order no. 40834

Description

Order no.

For self-installation

41838

Includes installation.

375891

Material

Order no.

Lifting slings, synthetic fibres

40745

Lifting slings, stainless steel

40746

Lifting eyes, galvanised steel

40744

Dimensions L × W × H mm

Order no.

300 × 120 × 150

41836

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts Embossed plate For attaching to containers, with embossing in DIN font, capital letters, 20 mm font height, single or multiple lines.

Compatible with inside dimensions from L × W mm

Order no.

280 × 280

343904

Adhesive label "Delivery note" Fixed position for shipping labels. Can be labelled with chalk. Easy to clean. Self-adhesive design. Compatible with the K424 XC, K470, Eurobox and ZARGES Box series.

Paint finish Can be finished in all RAL colours using commercially available paint systems: Finishing according to TLA-0003 RAL 6031 F9 or RAL 6031 HR, as per ZARGES works standard. Finishing according to TLA-0033 RAL 6031 F9 or RAL 6031 HR, standard.

Embossing In DIN font, capital letters, 20 mm font height, single or multiple lines

Exchangeable plates with stainless-steel frame For interchangeable plates 100 × 100 mm. Tailored to your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts

Spare parts ZARGES Comfort fastener The version with the black clip is suitable for the K 470 and K 470 Plus models, while the one with the blue clip is suitable for the Eurobox range.

Stacking corner for K 470 Made of cast aluminium. For K 470 and K 470 Plus models.

Stacking corners for Eurobox Made of blue impact-resistant plastic. Fits all Euroboxes.

Spare-parts set: corner pieces with wheel

Implementation

Order no.

K 470

859778

Eurobox

859779

Order no. 831407

Order no. 831430

Order no. 31000842

The set includes left and right corner pieces with wheel. Compatible with the K 424 XC series. Includes attachment hardware and installation instructions.

Pull-out handle for K 424 XC mobile box 2-section – fits 41812, 41813, 41814 and 41817. 3-section – fits 41810, 81811 and 41816. Includes attachment hardware and installation instructions.

Implementation

Order no.

2-section

31000841

3-section

31000840

Boxes and cases/interior fittings, accessories and spare parts Colour

Order no.

black

859965

blue

859966

Comfort sprung drop handle Extra-wide handle with plastic sheathing. Black – compatible with all K 470 and K 424 XC models. Blue – compatible with Eurobox.

Implementation

Order no.

Swivel castor

861780

Fixed castors

861781

Order no.

Replacement castor 125 mm without brake Easy-running, non-marking rubber wheel with roller bearings and thread guards.

Swivel castor 125 mm with brake

862292

Easy-running, non-marking rubber wheel with roller bearings and thread guards.

Boxes and cases/accessories and spare parts

The ideal accessories for every box. 350×250 ×150 mm 400×300 Outside dimensions ×180 mm K 470 40835

Inside dimensions

350×250 ×310 mm 400×300 ×340 mm 40677

Eurobox

40700

Series

550×350 ×150 mm 600×400 ×180 mm 40810

550×350 ×220 mm 600×400 ×250 mm 40568

550×350 ×310 mm 600×400 ×340 mm 40678

550×350 ×380 mm 600×400 ×410 mm 40564

40701

40702

40703

550×550 ×220 mm 600×600 ×250 mm 40849

550×550 ×380 mm 600×600 ×410 mm 40859

550×550 ×580 mm 600×600 ×610 mm 40836

600×430 ×450 mm 650×480 ×480 mm 40837

600×560 ×440 mm 650×610 ×470 mm 40839

640×230 ×280 mm 690×280 ×310 mm

690×460 ×380 mm 740×510 ×410 mm 40841

690×640 ×340 mm 740×690 ×370 mm 40842

690×640 ×430 mm 740×690 ×460 mm 40843

40711

750×350 ×310 mm 800×400 ×340 mm

750×550 ×380 mm 800×600 ×410 mm 40565

750×550 ×580 mm 800×600 ×610 mm 40566

40704

40705

40706

ZARGES Box K424 XC

Category

Description Lid bag, large 41821

Lid bag, small

Interior fittings

41821

41820

41821

Attaché insert, large

40626

41834

Tool bag

40627

Self-adhesive tool bag

40630

40730

40864

40865

40628

41823

41829

41830

41831

Divider set Adjustable aluminium divider set Divider set for mobile office box Small parts tray – only for Eurobox and ZARGES Box Inner bag with crosswise dividers Zip-seal bag

43831

Fire-resistant cushion

43833

43867

43868

43869

43871

43873

43874

43875

43876

43877

43878

43855

43856

43862

43863

43864

43865

43866

Pick 'n Pluck foam set

43860

43861

40735

43854

40736

Wheel set 125 mm Off-road wheel set 220 mm Clip-on fixed castor set Clip-on swivel castor set Add-on castors

40741

40742

40738

40608

40680

45096

Trolley, removable Supplementary kit for trolley W 150 dolly trolley W 152 dolly trolley W 154 heavy-load dolly trolley Pallet base (on request) Shackle lock

Accessories

41820 41821

Attaché insert, small

Foam linings

Mobility

41820 41821

46989

TSA shackle lock Lock set, keyed alike only for the set Lock set, keyed alike for an entire series of locks Catch-spring anti-opening feature Adhesive label for delivery notes Anchoring cable, for self-installation Anchoring cable, for installation by ZARGES Lifting slings made of synthetic fibres – only for K 470 Lifting sling made of stainless steel – only for K 470 Lifting eyes – only for K 470 Fixing bracket set

46989

40739

40740

40607

46989

46789

40832

40833

40834

343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 41838

41838

343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904

41838

375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 40745

40745

40746

40744

41836

Possible combinations Order no. Description

40626

40627

40628

40730

Attaché insert

Tool bag

Small parts tray

Divider set

9 9 9

40626

Attaché insert

–

40627, 40630

Tool bag

–

41820, 41821

Lid bag

–

40735, 40736

40864, 40865, 40866

Pick 'n Pluck foam set Aluminium divider set – –

40730

Divider set

9 9

–

Pick 'n Pluck foam set

9 9

–

40735, 40736

–

40864, 40865, 40866

Aluminium divider set

–

Boxes and cases/accessories and spare parts

780×480 ×520 mm 830×530 ×550 mm 40844

900×480 ×400 mm 950×530 ×430 mm 40845

900×640 ×450 mm 950×690 ×480 mm 40846

950×450 1,150×250 1,150×350 1,150×750 1,350×400 1,550×550 1,650×750 ×380 mm ×220 mm ×150 mm ×480 mm ×220 mm ×465 mm ×670 mm 1,000×500 1,200×300 1,200×400 1,200×800 1,400×450 1,600×600 1,700×800 ×410 mm ×250 mm ×180 mm ×510 mm ×250 mm ×495 mm ×700 mm 40567 40847 40580 40848 40875 40876 40710

41820

41821

40626

41834

40627

40630

400×330 ×380 mm 450×410 ×455 mm

516×350 ×159 mm 550×400 ×233 mm

550×350 ×310 mm 600×400 ×385 mm

750×350 ×380 mm 800×400 ×455 mm

750×450 ×310 mm 800×500 ×385 mm

750×635 ×410 mm 800×685 ×485 mm

910×350 ×380 mm 960×400 ×455 mm

41809

41810

41811

41812

41813

41814

41815

41820

41821

40626

450×290 ×180 mm 500×340 ×200 mm

550×350 ×220 mm 600×400 ×240 mm

550×350 ×310 mm 600×400 ×330 mm

750×350 ×310 mm 800×400 ×330 mm

850×450 ×350 mm 900×500 ×370 mm

40860

40861

40877

40862

40863

41820

41821

40626

40709

41820

41821

40626

41834

40627

40630

40730

40864

40865

40866

40628

43831

41821

41834

41821

40730 40866

40865

41835

43831

43833

43879

43880

43881

43882

43887

43884

43888

43885

43886

43883 40737

41818

41822

41823

41824

41826

41827

41828

43831

43889

43864

43891

43892

43893

43890

43863

43864

43876

43848

43854

43850

43851

43852

43853

40735

43854

43855

41818

41819

41832

41833

41819

43831

40741

40742

40738

40738 40739

40739

40740

40607

45097 ×

46989

46789

40832

40833

40834

343904 343904 343904 343904 41838

41838

343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 41838

41838

343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 343904 41838

41838

375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 375891 40745

40745

40746

40744

41836

40744

41836

Combinations depend on the case heights. In some cases, it may be necessary, e. g. to shorten parts of the adjustable divider panel system or to leave out a layer of the Pick 'n Pluck foam set.

ZARGES special application containers – designed to meet your requirements.

Optimal protection from vibrations, dust, moisture, electromagnetic interferences and extreme temperatures.

Complete solutions for secure transport incl. foam insert, paint finishing, labelling, inspections (performed at our in-house testing facility), approval, certificates.

Quick and professional project execution by highly experienced specialists working closely with the customer. Customised special solutions from the K 470 in special sizes, to large special designs, to gastight special containers with integrated air-conditioning.

Transport and storage solutions for large equipment and components – on land, sea and in the air.

Boxes and cases/Special application containers

K 473 heavy-duty case

The K 473 range is particularly suitable for high payloads, e.g. heavy machinery, engines or equipment. p Robust design, particularly suitable for high payloads. p Removable lid with seal. p Sturdy, generously dimensioned edge and base profile sections, high-strength positive jointing ensures permanent bonding between the jacket and base metal. p All-round beading and corner beads for additional dimensional stability. p ZARGES Comfort handles for ergonomic handling and loads of up to 50 kg. p Equipped with the new ZARGES Comfort fasteners. p Can be secured with a plug lock, lead seals, spring anti-opening feature or a padlock (max. shackle thickness 6 mm). p Opening clearances = inside dimension, no limitation through upper edge profile section. p Can be finished in all commercially available paints.

Pallet base with corner feet

Optional removable castors

Also available as UN-approved hazardous goods packaging.

Pallet base with skids

Boxes and cases/Special application containers

K 475 transport and storage container, water-vapour-proof

01 2

Water-vapour-tight transport and storage containers of the K 475 series are reusable packaging solutions made to the highest standards.

Also available as UN-approved hazardous goods packaging. Opening clearance for K 475 containers approx. 32 mm less than inside dimensions.

ZARGES Comfort fastener with catch spring retention (anti-opening feature)

p Water-vapour-tight, stackable special reusable packaging made of corrosion-resistant aluminium. p Seal-welded container, rated at IP 67. p Sturdy stacking corners on base and lid. p Removable lid with all-round seal. p Self-locking spring fasteners. p Ergonomic heavy-duty sprung drop handles. p Pressure compensation valve and humidity indicator. p Optional RFI shielding available.

Automatic pressure compensation valve and humidity indicator as standard

Number

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

360 × 360 × 265

400 × 400 × 300

5.5

45133

460 × 460 × 365

500 × 500 × 400

8.2

45135

560 × 360 × 365

600 × 400 × 400

7.8

45138

760 × 360 × 265

800 × 400 × 300

9.1

45141

760 × 560 × 460

800 × 600 × 500

196

16.8

45145

Boxes and cases/Special application containers

Water-vapour-proof bulk containers

Water-vapour-tight bulk, special and hood-type containers for transporting and packaging large equipment. p The equipment can be operated on the bottom section with the hood cover removed. The containers can be fitted with foam inserts or vibrationdamping platforms. p Innovate details such as shock absorbers, mounts and handling aids for easy, ergonomic and secure handling. p Tested and approved as hazardous goods packaging in accordance with UN requirements, i. e. can be transported on public roads.

Mounting plate with anti-vibration suspension (rubber buffer or wire-rope shock mount)

Safety feature Rupture disc: Protection in the event of a sudden pressure drop in the environment

Water-vapour-proof container being leak-tested with overpressure

Boxes and cases/Special application containers

Mechanic's case The first shipping case with drawers. Mobile and ergonomic. Perfectly adaptable to your needs. p p p p

IP 54. Various types of protection possible

Drawers for easy access to contents even when case is stacked. Castors and telescopic handle for easy and ergonomic transport. Individually configurable in terms of size, number of drawers and fittings. Optimal mobility thanks to standard 50 mm wheels, optional 125 mm wheels or 220 mm off-road set with feet.

Customisable foam inserts

Various wheels available for optimum mobility and ergonomics

Shelf containers Transport and storage containers for first-aid equipment, tools, spare parts, etc. used in military applications, emergency aid, and ambulance and rescue services. Designed to hold standard ISO modules and modular baskets for picking and packing supplies. Empty containers can be quickly replaced with full ones in a warehouse or place of use. p p p p p

Profile-section frame with welded-on plates, protection class IP 65. Separate lid, connection by means of 4 toggle locks. Stackable using stacking knobs and recesses. 2 recessed drop handles per end face. Outside dimensions (L × W × H, approx. mm): 685 × 465 × 775 incl. lid.

Accessories p ISO standard closed modules or modular baskets (L × W: 600 × 400, H: 50 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm).

Module containers with special paint finishing

Special version: module containers usable as desk

Boxes and cases/Special application containers

Hood-type containers Hood-type transport and storage containers are especially designed for packaging heavy equipment. p Bottom section with flat mounting support for equipment. p Instruments fitted in the container can be operated with hood cover removed. p Upper section of the hood can be optionally equipped with stacking corners or lifting equipment. p Bottom section of the container can be fitted with an optional pallet. p Vibration damping via rubber buffers or wire rope shock dampers. p Additional protection via foam fittings.

Bottom section with ramp

Pallet base simplifies handling

Transportation lock in the bottom section

Container with radio-frequency identification (RFID) More transparency and lower costs: with ZARGES RFID solutions. p If required, ZARGES containers can be flexibly fitted with RFID technology. p For greater efficiency during transport and stock-taking. p Greater transparency and efficiency in logistics processes. p Basic information storage is possible. p Global shipment tracking via GPS or GSM. p Concealed contactless reading. p Simultaneous reading of all codes. p Global data transfer in real time.

Boxes and cases/Special application containers

RetouR® collapsible cases for general cargo

Collapsible reusable packaging made of aluminium. p Can be collapsed quickly and easily by one person. p Simple handling thanks to interlocking profiles with connection locking device on the floor pan and side walls. p Side protectors. p High degree of stability due to three sets of profiles forming the edging on the outside walls. p Folding ratio 1:3. p Lid securely fastened to rear wall by swing-type hinge. p End-walls and lid with additional, externally mounted stiffening profiles. p Self-locking fasteners, can be secured using lead seals and/or shackle locks. p Stacking corners. p Suitable for use on roller conveyors. p 15 mm free space when collapsed (e.g. for interior fittings). p Supplied with wood pallet and wood side protectors. p Special sizes on request.

Lid with swing-type hinge

Hardwood side protectors

Inside dimensions L × W × H mm

Volume l

Height when folded mm

Weight kg

max. gross weight with approval for the transportation of hazardous goods kg

Order no.

730 × 530 × 570

800 × 600 × 600

221

145

21.0

120.0

45070

1130 × 730 × 740

1200 × 800 × 900

610

287

62.0

180.0

45073

Note:

Outside dimensions L × W × H approx. mm

Aluminium pallet and aluminium side protectors are optional equipment. Also available as UN-approved hazardous goods packaging.

Boxes and cases/Special application containers

Mitraset® 19’’ housings – rackmount cases for electronic equipment

Mitraset® 19’’ aluminium housings are designed to hold electronic equipment in a 19’’ grid in accordance with EN 60297-3-100 and EIA-310-E. The electronic equipment that requires protection is placed and fastened in place inside elastically suspended anti-vibration frames for optimal protection. Protective features p Protection against mechanical stresses such as impacts, shocks or vibrations. p Protection against environmental influences such as heat, moisture, water or dust. p Protection against electromagnetic interference (such as radio waves or lightning strikes) is also available as an option.

Mitraset® Classic

Mitraset® housings are primarily for use in: p Military applications, telecommunications and the electronics industry. p Transport infrastructure such as rail security and traffic management systems. p Applications where sensitive electronic equipment is required to be used outdoors or on the go.

You can find out more in the catalogue "Solutions for the military, police and disaster relief services".

Mitraset® Racklite

Mitraset® Racklite Basic

Packaging and transportation/containers and pallets

Containers and pallets – solution for logistics.

K 270 transport containers

Waste container

Flat pallets

62–63

Containers and pallets/containers

K 270 transport containers 2

1 4

5 3

Universal container with ergonomic cut-out handles for safe storage and transportation at any temperature. Designed for standard pallet dimensions according to DIN 15 141. Can be used on roller conveyors and conveyor belts. High durability thanks to edge and bottom frames made of solid profiles that are fully welded together at their joints. Optional coding labels for assigning destination. Technical details p Material: p Corner beading: p Peripheral beading:

Handle on the end face

Aluminium Yes Yes

Peripheral beading and corner beads

Number

Inside dimensions L x W x H mm

Outside dimensions L x W x H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

720 × 540 × 400

760 × 580 × 425

155

5.3

40551

720 × 540 × 300

760 × 580 × 325

117

4.6

40552

720 × 540 × 200

760 × 580 × 225

4.2

40553

540 × 340 × 300

580 × 380 × 325

3.0

40554

540 × 340 × 200

580 × 380 × 225

2.5

40555

Accessories

W 152 dolly trolley

W 150 dolly trolley

Description

Suitable for outside dimensions

Order no.

W 150 dolly trolley

800 mm × 600 mm

40608

W 152 dolly trolley

800 mm × 600 mm

40680

W 150 dolly trolley

600 mm × 400 mm

40607

Boxes and pallets/waste collectors

Recyclables collector Hygienic, elegant solution for collecting company waste. Sturdy edge and base profile, smooth side walls, anodised and stackable. Technical details Anodised aluminium

p Material:

Inside dimensions L x W x H mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

300 × 264 × 500

2.6

46084

300 × 300 × 500

3.5

40747

Accessories Description

Order no.

Anodised aluminium alloy lid, fits 40747

40757

Containers and pallets/pallets

Flat pallet with corner feet Lightweight, hygienic pallet with a smooth, easy-to-clean surface, for use in all temperature zones. Frame and crossmembers made of sealed, heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant aluminium sections. Seams welded watertight. Technical details Aluminium 600.0 kg

p Material: p Load capacity:

Dimensions mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no. 45162

800 × 600 × 150

7.4

1200 × 800 × 150

11.2

45172

1200 × 1000 × 150

12.8

45182

Flat pallet with long corner feet Hygienic pallet, sturdy and suitable for use on roller conveyors. Frame and longitudinal members made of sealed, heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant aluminium sections. Extra long corner feet (L = 300 mm) combine the advantages of skid undercarriage and corner feet. They are suitable for roller conveyors and high-bay warehouses, for example; Plenty of space to accommodate the forklift arm. No fulllength skid to get in the way, hence less risk of damage. Seams welded watertight. Technical details p Material: p Load capacity:

Dimensions mm

Aluminium 1000.0 kg

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1200 × 800 × 150

12.3

45175

1200 × 1000 × 150

13.9

45185

Containers and pallets/pallets

Flat pallet with skids Hygienic pallet solution with smooth, easy-to-clean surface and skids for use in high-bay warehouses. Frame and crossmembers made of sealed, heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant aluminium sections. Skids with central support. Seams welded watertight. Suitable for use on roller conveyors. Technical details Aluminium 1000.0 kg

p Material: p Load capacity:

Dimensions mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1200 × 800 × 150

10.8

45173

1200 × 1000 × 150

12.4

45183

Flat pallet with skids and corner feet Aluminium pallet with skids, suitable for use on roller conveyors, for heavy loads in clean room applications. Frame and crossmembers made of sealed, heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant aluminium sections. Skids with central support and 4 corner feet. Seams welded watertight. Technical details p Material: p Load capacity:

Dimensions mm

Aluminium 1500.0 kg

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1200 × 800 × 150

13.2

45174

1200 × 1000 × 150

15.0

45184

Packaging and transportation/trolleys and shelving systems

Trolleys and shelving systems – organise complex workflows efficiently. 03

Cupboard trolleys

66–73

Box trolleys

74–79

Data disposal and security containers

80–81

MPO transportation trolleys

76–93

Storage and retrieval shelving

84–85

Storage and retrieval trolleys

86–87

W 105 N cupboard trolley – ergonomics and comfort made to measure. 1

Light and robust

Outstanding dust protection

due to its sturdy body made of anodised aluminium sheets and profiles.

due to the sturdy, phosphated and powder-coated base with steel torsion tube.

due to its peripheral seal between the body and doors.

Secure transport

due to its ergonomically shaped door latch that can be fitted with lead seals.

Easy to clean

due to its smooth interior and anodised surfaces

High stability

Optimal mobility

due to 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors that are cornermounted, easy-running and non-marking.

Optimal protection

due to its plastic bumper.

Comfortable handling

due to its ergonomically shaped handle made of aluminium section

Trolleys and shelving systems/cupboard trolleys

5 6

Trolleys and shelving systems/cupboard trolleys

W 105 N universal cupboard trolley Practical cupboard trolley for fresh laundry, dirty laundry and much more. p Aluminium cupboard trolley for a wide range of applications. p Smooth interior, no areas inaccessible for washing. p Supplied by default with fixed shelf compartment (excluding 41861 and 41862). p Optionally with customised interior fittings. p Ergonomically shaped handle of anodised aluminium section on the swivel-castor side. p Also suitable for container washdown facilities if appropriate special castors are used. Technical details p Material: Anodised aluminium p Chassis: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors, cornermounted, ∅ 200 mm, easy-running, nonmarking rubber wheels with thread guards.

Int. length, approx. mm

1,120

1,250

790

1,120

Int. width, approx. mm

550

620

550

620

Int. height, approx. mm

1,415

1,030

1,415

1,030

1,415

Ext. length, approx. mm

1,260

1,390

930

1,260

1,390

Ext. width, approx. mm

630

700

630

700

Ext. height, approx. mm

1,735

1,355

1,740

1,355

1,735

1,740 1,090

1,250

Volume, approx. l

870

630

1,090

610

445

870

Weight, approx. kg

72.0

65.0

84.0

66.0

56.0

64.0

76.0

41850

41851

41852

41854

41858

41861

41862

Order no.

Trolleys and shelving systems/Cupboard trolleys

W 105 N modular cupboard trolley System-conform element of the ZARGES modular system for efficient logistics workflows. p Aluminium cupboard trolley, anodised, for a wide variety of applications. p Shelf-insert for holding ZARGES ISO standard modules. p Fixed insert rails, with ABS support rails that allow modules to slide smoothly. p Ergonomically shaped handle made of anodised aluminium section on the swivel-castor side. p Also suitable for container washdown facilities if appropriate special castors are used. Technical details p Material: Anodised aluminium p Chassis: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors, cornermounted, ∅ 160 mm, easy-running, nonmarking rubber wheels with thread guards. Swivel castors with wheel brakes.

Int. length, approx. mm

477

920

1,363

Int. width, approx. mm

620

Int. height, approx. mm

1,253

Ext. length, approx. mm

615

1,060

1,505

1,060

920

Ext. width, approx. mm

700

Ext. height, approx. mm

1,540

1,530

Volume, approx. l

370

710

1,055

710

Weight, approx. kg

45.0

67.0

78.0

62.0

Number of insert levels

1×8

2 × 16

3×8

2×8

Order no.

41869

41870

41871

41872

Trolleys and shelving systems/cupboard trolleys

W 105 N interior fittings

Fixed shelf compartments For universal applications.

Insert levels for ZARGES ISO standard modules ABS support rails ensure that the modules slide smoothly.

Folding additional shelves Safe and ergonomic working, suitable for transporting fresh or dirty laundry as well as waste in bags.

Height of additional shelves adjustable by means of notched rails Suitable for various packaging sizes.

Removable additional shelves Shelves can be used as required and cleaned separately.

Trolleys and shelving systems/cupboard trolleys

W 105 N accessories and customisation

Trolley-top bumper and reinforced corners For protecting the trolley body during transport by lorry.

Door lock Available as keyed-alike or keyeddifferent for secure transport.

Drawbar and coupling for linking and moving trolleys in trains For in-company transport (up to a maximum of 5 trolleys).

Label frames in various sizes Simple holder for removable labels.

Special castors Stainless steel castors with directional lock, central stop and total stop, for a wide range of applications.

Blackboard For simple labelling on the trolley itself, self-adhesive and rewritable.

Lead seal For safeguarding the container against unauthorised opening.

Top railing For preventing items from falling off the trolley top.

Coloured markings For customising the trolley.

Trolleys and shelving systems/cupboard trolleys

W 105 N hazardous goods

Cupboard trolley with UN approval for transporting UN 3291 material. Contaminated surgical instruments are transported between hospitals and external service providers for disinfection and preparation. Due to the risk of infection, these objects are defined as hazardous goods of class UN 3291 (clinical waste). p p p p Safe transition from handrail to railings

p p p p p p p

Central locking mechanism

p p

Bumper with plastic padding

Aluminium cupboard trolley. Open side of the body fitted with a peripheral profile frame. Corners are held together by cast-aluminium corner pieces. Smooth interior; no undercuts / no inaccessible areas when used in washdown facility (inside dimensions corresponds to clearance dimensions). Integrated peripheral door seal in the profile-section frame, for high noise damping and protection against dust. Two doors, foldable 270° parallel to the end faces. Open doors are secured by magnetic catches. Central locking mechanism with easy-to-operate lever ensures reliable latching at the top and bottom. Doors will not open accidentally during transport by lorry. Ergonomically shaped handle made of anodised aluminium section on the swivel-castor side. All-round bumper at the bottom with abrasion- and disinfectant-resistant plastic padding, chassis: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors mounted at the corners. Also suitable for container washdown facilities if appropriate special castors are used. Customisable interior fittings.

Trolleys and shelving systems/cupboard trolleys

W 105 N individual solutions Logistics is our business. That is why we understand that innovation is sometimes required in order to achieve optimum workflows. Our long-standing experience enables us to determine individual customer needs on site, develop and manufacture solutions, and support the customer during commissioning of the product.

Container for pharmaceutical companies, water-vapour-proof, anodised, seal-welded, compliant with the most stringent hygiene requirements

Cupboard trolley with 4 doors, can be loaded from both sides

Solutions for driverless transport systems

Box trolley – versatile solutions for your logistics tasks.

Locked for storage and transport

Highly stable

using the optional lid with fastener.

thanks to peripheral beading and corner beads.

Ergonomic working height thanks to the productdependent cut-out with flap for loading items from the front.

Extremely rugged due to the optional peripheral bumper with plastic padding.

Optimum mobility due to its chassis fitted with 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors mounted at the corners.

Product examples

W 170 transport trolley

W 171 transport trolley with 3-part lid

W 161 spring-loaded trolley

W 172 transport trolley

Trolleys and shelving systems/box trolleys

W 170 transport trolley

p Robust and durable, thanks to many quality features, e.g. sturdy, generously dimensioned edge and base profile, permanent connection to jacket and base plate using high-strength positive locking, riveted shell joint and welded frame profiles. p High stiffness due to end and side walls reinforced with peripheral beading and corner beads. p Effortless to manoeuvre due to easy-running, non-marking rubber wheels that are mounted on roller bearings and equipped with thread guards. Castors suited to the application

Technical details p p p p

Material: Corner beading: Peripheral beading: Chassis arrangement:

p Chassis modification available: p Wheel diameter: p Wheel width:

Aluminium Yes Yes 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors mounted at the corners Yes 125 mm 40 mm

Peripheral beading and corner beads

Inside dimensions L x W x H mm

Outside dimensions L x W x H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

1000 × 640 × 650

1050 × 690 × 855

415

19.5

40631

1250 × 700 × 750

1300 × 750 × 955

655

23.7

40635

Accessories Description

Fits

Order no.

Hinged lid with belt strap and 2 snap fasteners.

40631, 40636

40654

Hinged lid with belt strap and 2 snap fasteners.

40674 / 40635

40675

Trolleys and shelving systems/box trolleys

W 171 transport trolley with 3-part lid p Versatile transport trolley with lid for protecting the contents. p Smooth walls without beads. p Sturdy, generously dimensioned edge and base profile sections, high-strength positive locking ensures permanent bonding to jacket and base metal. p Trolley base with drainage channels and drain valve. p 3-part lid folding mechanism and a front-panel flap. p Plastic-padded peripheral bumper. p Ergonomic handle on the swivel-castor side. Technical details p p p p p

Material: Chassis arrangement: Corner beading: Peripheral beading: Wheel diameter:

Anodised aluminium 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors mounted at the corners No No 200 mm

Inside dimensions LxWxH mm

Outside dimensions LxWxH mm

Material

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

1000 × 575 × 1200

1140 × 685 × 1490

Anodised aluminium

690

30.0

40691

1250 × 700 × 1200

1390 × 810 × 1490

Anodised aluminium

1050

35.0

40692

W 171 transport trolley with fold-down section and beading p Sturdy transport solution with large flap for easy and ergonomic access to the contents of the trolley. p End and side walls reinforced with peripheral beading and corner beads to enhance stiffness. Sturdy, generously dimensioned edge and base profile sections, high-strength positive locking ensures permanent bonding to jacket and base metal. p One long side folds down half-way for more convenient loading and unloading. Technical details p p p p p

Material: Chassis arrangement: Corner beading: Peripheral beading: Wheel diameter:

Inside dimensions LxWxH mm

Outside dimensions LxWxH mm

Aluminium 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors mounted at the corners Yes Yes 125 mm Material

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

900 × 500 × 780

950 × 550 × 980

Aluminium

350

18.5

40633

1250 × 700 × 1200

1300 × 750 × 1400

Aluminium

1050

33.0

40674

Accessories

Description

Fits

Order no.

Hinged lid with belt strap and 2 snap fasteners.

40633

40559

Hinged lid with belt strap and 2 snap fasteners.

40674 / 40635

40675

Trolleys and shelving systems/box trolleys

Accessories and special equipment for the W 170/W 171 box trolley range Order no. 3008

Order no. on request

Tow-bar with coupling Folds upwards. Fixed towing attachment.

Chassis/castors ∅ 125 mm, 40 mm wide. ∅ 160 mm, 40 mm wide. ∅ 200 mm, 50 mm wide. Can also be configured for cleaning in container washdown facilities.

Order no. on request

Centre pivot ∅ 40 mm For lift-tilt devices.

Order no.

Brake for swivel castors

on request

Order no. on request

Ergonomic handle Made from anodised aluminium section.

Peripheral bumper Plastic-padded.

Trolleys and shelving systems/box trolleys

Mobile transport and collection container a Profile-reinforced, hinged lid with slot, approx. 420 × 24 mm, with security flap. a High stiffness thanks to end and side walls reinforced with peripheral beading and corner beads. a Effortless to manoeuvre due to rubber wheels and push-handle. Technical details p p p p p

Material: Corner beading: Peripheral beading: Chassis arrangement: Wheel diameter:

Aluminium Yes Yes Axle with 2 wheels 200 mm

Inside dimensions L xWxH mm

Lower, outer width mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

450 × 550 × 990

580

240

15.0

40896

W 172 transport trolley p Robust and versatile aluminium trolley that features large, sturdy edge and base profile sections permanently bonded to the side walls and base through highstrength positive locking. p One of the long sides has a cut-out section measuring approx. 1,230 x 295 mm for convenient loading and unloading. p End and side walls reinforced with peripheral beading and corner beads to enhance stiffness. p One ergonomic handle at either end. Technical details p p p p

Material: Chassis arrangement: Peripheral beading: Wheel diameter:

Aluminium 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors mounted at the corners Yes 200 mm

Inside dimensions L x W x H mm

Outside dimensions L x W x H mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

1500 × 900 × 700

1650 × 950 × 980

945

37.0

40634

W 182 transport trolley p Stackable trolley for a wide range of applications. High stiffness thanks to end and side walls reinforced with peripheral beading and corner beads. p Effortless to manoeuvre thanks to easy-running, non-marking rubber wheels that are mounted on roller bearings and equipped with thread guards. Technical details p p p p p p

Material: Corner beading: Peripheral beading: Chassis arrangement: Wheel diameter: Wheel width:

Aluminium Yes Yes 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors mounted at the corners 125 mm 40 mm

Inside dimensions L x W x H mm

Outside dimensions L x W x H approx. mm

Volume l

Weight kg

Order no.

700 × 560 × 590

740 × 600 × 760

230

12.0

40661

700 × 560 × 590

740 × 600 × 760

230

12.0

40780

Order no. 40661: anodised, with 16 drain holes in the centre of the base.

Note: Order no. 40780: non-anodised, without drain holes.

Trolleys and shelving systems/box trolleys

W 161 spring-loaded trolley

p The base can move vertically to keep the contents at a constant height for easy access and work ergonomics. p Replaceable lifting elements for adjusting the load capacity, e.g. from 30 to 195 kg at intervals of 15 kg. p The base does not tilt even when loaded on only one side. p Sturdy, generously dimensioned edge and base profile sections, high-strength positive locking ensures permanent bonding to side walls and base. p Beading for increased stability. p Effortless to manoeuvre thanks to easy-running, non-marking rubber wheels that are mounted on roller bearings and equipped with thread guards. p Castors arranged centrally for easy manoeuvring even in very confined spaces.

Replaceable lifting elements

Technical details p Material: p Corner beading: p Chassis arrangement: p Chassis modification available: p Wheel diameter: p Wheel width: Inside dimensions L x W x H mm

Outside dimensions L x W x H approx. mm

Anodised aluminium Yes 2 swivel & 2 fixed castors mounted in the middle of each side Yes 125 mm 40 mm Volume l

Constant working height

Weight kg

Set for loading kg

Order no.

1000 × 650 × 485

1060 × 710 × 820

315

24.5

90.0

40644

1010 × 420 × 460

1060 × 470 × 800

195

21.0

30.0

40645*

1010 × 600 × 460

1060 × 650 × 800

280

25.0

45.0

40646

1410 × 700 × 580

1460 × 750 × 920

570

31.5

150.0

40756

* Chassis: 4 corner-mounted swivel castors

Variant: Spring-loaded trolley with step The combination of a spring-loaded trolley with a step stool is particularly suitable for use in industrial storage and retrieval work. The product is manufactured according to the requirements of your project.

Customisable storage and retrieval trolley

Data disposal and security container

Individual labelling

Convenient unloading

thanks to the label holder, e.g. for putting your company logo on the container.

thanks to the hinged lid. Equipped with a deposit slot and spring-loaded flap as standard.

Ergonomic handling due to its sturdy and ergonomic handle.

High level of data security Optimum mobility due to high-quality castors.

provided by optional locks.

Trolleys and shelving systems/data disposal and security containers

ZARGES Data® security containers

Keep files secure until destruction to avoid data misuse. p p p p p p p p

base models with many standard variants and combination options, and a wide range of accessories. 7 Especially sturdy due to large edge and base profiles. Unique stability because profile-section joints are continuously welded in the cross-section. The profile sections have a fully integrated and permanently engineered bond which positive-locks them to side walls and base. End and side walls reinforced with peripheral beading and corner beads (70 l container with corner beads only). All riveted joints are made with high-quality full rivets. Lid has solid surrounding lid frame with integrated wall bumpers (piping buffer profile) and slotted lid plate. Lid with a deposit slot (approx. 420 × 24 mm), locking plate and spring-loaded flap.

A variety of locks for more data security

Fastener

Fastener with plug lock

Combination lock

Latch lock

Peripheral protective strip on the lid available in various colours Select from five standard colours. For large order quantities, you can specify your own colour.

Black

Grey

Yellow

Dark blue

Red

One nursing trolley, a thousand possibilities – the modular MPO system.

Comfortable handling

High level of work hygiene

thanks to its ergonomically shaped, plastic-coated handle made of cast aluminium.

due to removable plastic worktop

Secure storage thanks to drawer at different heights installed on softclose telescopic rails.

Customisable colours with coloured drawer handles and side walls.

Optimum mobility due to four plastic double castors, two of which equipped with brakes.

Product examples

With drawers

With rolling tambour doors and support walls

With rolling tambour doors and variable telescopic rails

Open, with modular drawers

Trolleys and shelving systems/MPO transportation trolleys

MPO transportation trolley – as individual as you wish. In addition to a wide range of tried-and-tested standard models, all nursing and organisation trolleys can be configured to suit your everyday needs. The options include everything from the selection of drawer fronts or rolling tambour doors right through to support systems for the slide-in units.

The support systems can be adapted to your specific requirements, and different materials and functions can be combined for the worktop. We will be happy to help you find the right solution.

RAL 9016, Traffic white

RAL 240 70 30, Blue

RAL 140 60 50, Green

RAL 095 80 80, Yellow

RAL 030 40 60, Red

Worktops

Plastic ABS with raised edges p Removable without tools. p Available only for 1 ISO.

ABS plastic without raised edges p Removable without tools. p Available only for 1 ISO.

HPL plastic without raised edges p Fixed. p Available for 1 and 0.5 ISO.

Digital lock p Programmable key code. p Available for rolling tambour doors.

Card lock p Available for drawers and rolling tambour doors. p Individually programmable.

Locking systems

Cylinder lock p Keyed alike. p Available for drawers and rolling tambour doors. p Also available as keyed different.

Storage and retrieval shelving – universal and customisable.

Easy to manoeuvre

thanks to the angled insert rails and modules.

Easy to expand due to modular segments.

Universal storage thanks to shelf compartment with adjustable height.

Easy to configure due to insert rails that can be installed without using tools.

Versatile and hygienic storage due to easy-to-insert ZARGES modules and modular baskets with various heights.

Trolleys and shelving systems/storage and retrieval shelving

Storage and retrieval shelving Aluminium shelving p Anodised aluminium. p Frame made of a U-shaped section. p Hole spacing: 71 mm. p Total height: approx. 2,000 mm. p Lower edge with height-adjustable feet. p Hook-on insert rails for holding modules horizontally: made completely of abrasion-resistant, fibreglass-reinforced PA6 plastic. for holding modules at an angle: made of anodised aluminium with abrasion-resistant, fibreglass-reinforced PA6 plastic end caps.

Plastic-coated steel p Powder-coated steel. p Light grey, RAL 7035. p Base made of robust square tubing. p Frame made of a U-shaped section. p Hole spacing: 71 mm. p Total height: approx. 2,000 mm. p Lower edge with height-adjustable feet. p Hook-on insert rails for holding modules horizontally: made completely of abrasion-resistant, fibreglass-reinforced PA6 plastic. for holding modules at an angle: made of anodised aluminium with abrasion-resistant, fibreglass-reinforced PA6 plastic end caps. p Special stainless-steel version.

Application p Universal shelving system for storage and retrieval work. p Simple height adjustment with removable insert rails. p Insert depth for mounting ISO modular baskets horizontally or at an angle. p Can be easily expanded or combined with shelf compartments. p Hygienic, easy to clean. p For use with ISO modules and modular baskets 600 × 400 mm made of plastic.

Storage and retrieval trolley – large or small, they are always the right choice.

Easy to manoeuvre thanks to the ability to mount insert rails and modules at a variety of angles and configurations.

Stability and durability due to its standard plasticcoated steel construction.

Versatile and hygienic storage thanks to easy-to-insert ZARGES modules and modular baskets with various heights.

Easy to configure due to insert rails that can be installed without using tools.

Optimal mobility due to its four swivel castors, two of which equipped with brakes.

Trolleys and shelving systems/storage and retrieval trolleys

Storage and retrieval trolley with hook-on insert rails Single-column storage and retrieval trolley Order no.

Material

Rack width, mm

Dimensions, L × D, mm

Height, mm 1,750

46441

Powdered steel

400

544 × 675

366035

Powdered steel

400

544 × 675

1,900

362162

Powdered steel

600

744 × 475

1,750

367568

Powdered steel

600

744 × 475

1,900

363160

Stainless steel

400

544 × 675

1,750

372312

Stainless steel

400

544 × 675

1,900

368987

Stainless steel

600

744 × 475

1,750

372313

Stainless steel

600

744 × 475

1,900

Dimensions, L × D, mm

Height, mm 1,750

Double-column storage and retrieval trolley Order no.

Material

Rack width, mm

46442

Powdered steel

400

993 × 675

366045

Powdered steel

400

544 × 675

1,900

365738

Powdered steel

600

1,393 × 475

1,750

367567

Powdered steel

600

1,393 × 475

1,900

362795

Stainless steel

400

933 × 675

1,750

364839

Stainless steel

400

933 × 675

1,900

368988

Stainless steel

600

1,393 × 475

1,750

Triple-column storage and retrieval trolley Order no.

Material

Rack width, mm

Dimensions, L × D, mm

Height, mm

366043

Powdered steel

400

1,440 × 675

1,900

Storage and retrieval trolley with shelf compartment Order no.

Material

Rack width, mm

Dimensions, mm

Height, mm

46443

Powdered steel

400

1,378 × 675

1,750

366042

Powdered steel

400

1,378 × 675

1,900

Accessories Order no.

Description

46059

Insert rail, 600 mm (D), straight installation

46271

Insert rail, 620 mm (D), installation with incline

46054

Insert rail, 400 mm (D), straight installation

46273

Insert rail, 420 mm (D), installation with incline

46072

Shelf compartment 800 × 600 mm (L × D)

Special accessories for rack width of 400 mm Order no.

Description

370903

Standard rail

373696

Adapter plate for hook-on telescopic rails

374752

Fold-down worktop

Access

Access 04 Ladders

90–201

05 Maintenance stairs and working platforms 202–225 06 Mobile scaffold towers

226–257

07 Fixed ladders

258–273

08 Shaft equipment

274–293

Access

04 ZARGES ladders – classic products that help you reach greater heights. Single ladders

92–101

Push-up and rope-operated ladders

102–107

Multi-function ladders

108–117

ZAP work platforms

118–123

Stepladders, single-sided access

124–133

Stepladders, double-sided access

134–143

Step stools and work platforms

144–151

Mobile platforms

152–157

Special ladders and roof ladders

158–165

Accessories and spare parts

166–201

Single ladders – for quick access.

Secure footing thanks to the 80 mm deep treads. Extreme stiffness due to highstrength flanging.

Safe standing thanks to wide horizontal stabiliser bar (for ladders 3 m or longer).

Working height

Topmost permissible stepping surface

STOP 65°–75°

Required ladder length = vertical height to be reached × 1.064

1,00 m

Information

Ladders/single ladders

Megastep L, flanged single ladder with rungs Utility meets design: the strongest of all ZARGES ladders with high load capacity and a distinctive black finish for heavy-duty use. Wall piece at the top so that the ladder rests securely. Wide rungs with non-slip ribbing. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 60 mm 265 mm SL Step 380 mm 250.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Ladder length m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.82

2.65

3.8

41135

2.38

3.15

6.9

41136

2.94

3.70

7.5

41137

3.50

4.25

0.79

10.5

41138

Stella L, flanged single ladder with rungs The flexible solution for a wide variety of uses: extra-wide ladder is comfortable to use and safe to stand on. Very lightweight and yet extremely stable. Also available as a shelf ladder. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 270 mm serrated 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175) Ladder length m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.93

2.80

3.7

41511

2.49

3.35

4.7

41512

3.05

3.90

0.80

7.2

41513

3.61

4.40

0.89

8.1

41514

4.17

4.95

0.99

9.3

41515

4.73

5.50

0.99

10.5

41516

5.29

6.05

1.09

11.9

41510

5.86

6.60

1.09

13.2

41517

6.98

7.70

1.20

16.0

41518

Ladders/single ladders

Alto L, flanged single ladder with rungs The compact alternative – with respect to size, weight and price/performance ratio. Very lightweight and yet extremely stable. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 270 mm serrated 350 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Weight kg

Order no.

2.21

3.05

4.0

41547

2.49

3.35

4.4

41548

3.05

3.90

0.79

6.1

41550

3.61

4.40

0.79

7.0

41552

4.17

4.95

0.79

8.0

41554

4.73

5.50

0.89

9.2

41556

5.29

6.05

0.89

10.5

41558

5.85

6.60

0.99

11.5

41560

6.41

7.15

0.99

13.2

41562

6.98

7.70

1.10

14.4

41564

Strato DL, flanged single ladder with rungs The inexpensive alternative for safe ascent and quick and flexible application. Sturdy triangular rungs made from extruded profiles that have a horizontal stepping surface when in the use position. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Aluminium natural flanged 38 mm 265 mm serrated 350 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Weight kg

Order no.

2.42

3.30

4.3

44808

2.98

3.85

5.3

44810

3.54

4.40

0.79

7.9

44812

4.11

4.90

0.79

9.2

44814

4.67

5.45

0.89

10.1

44816

5.23

6.00

0.89

11.2

44818

5.90

6.55

0.99

12.4

44819

Ladders/single ladders

Saferstep L, flanged single ladder with treads The high non-slip performance of Safer Step Technology makes for comfortable and safe use, while the anodised stiles are wear-resistant and pleasant to hold. Also available as a shelf ladder. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 80 mm 265 mm Safer Step 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Ladder length m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

1.94

2.80

5.0

41356

2.50

3.35

6.5

41358

3.06

3.85

0.80

8.8

41360

3.62

4.40

0.80

10.3

41362

4.18

4.90

0.89

11.8

41364

4.74

5.45

0.89

13.3

41366

Comfortstep L, bolted single ladder with treads The ladder for maximum working comfort, With an attractive design. Deep treads with padded front edge for standing comfort. Wall piece at the top so that the ladder rests securely. Also available as a shelf ladder. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised bolted 80 mm 250 mm padding on front tread edges 380 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Ladder length m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

1.87

2.75

4.4

41012

2.14

3.00

5.0

41013

2.40

3.25

5.7

41014

2.68

3.50

6.3

41015

2.95

3.75

7.0

41016

Ladders/single ladders

Compactstep L, telescopic single ladder with rungs Excellent portability: retracts to a small size for transport and yet comes with wide rungs for secure footing. Can be adjusted to different heights – several ladders in one. As a result, it can be always be at the suitable height. Wide rungs for comfortable ascent and descent. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Load: Standard:

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, Working height retracted m m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Aluminium anodised 40 mm 300 mm serrated 150.0 kg EN 131-6

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

2.66

0.76

3.40

8.4

40400

3.23

0.82

4.00

0.80

13.0

40410

3.80

0.88

4.50

0.88

14.0

40401

Seventec L, riveted single ladder with treads The deep treads and 7-point tread-stile connection ensure a high degree of comfort, safe standing and extremely high stability. Smooth external stile surfaces that are comfortable to hold. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Aluminium natural riveted 85 mm 218 mm serrated 400 mm. 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

2.08

3.05

5.8

40378

2.54

3.45

7.2

40380

2.99

3.90

8.5

40382

3.42

4.35

0.80

11.4

40384

Ladders/single ladders

EFA L, GRP single ladder with rungs The safety ladder for quick application in chemical or electrical environments. Stiles and rungs made of glass-fibre-reinforced plastic for particularly high chemical resistance. Complies with the high-voltage test for ladders of insulating material in accordance with EN 61478 and VDE 0682 Section 6.5 Category 1/30 KV. Suitable for use in high-voltage environments (1,000 V AC, 1,500 V DC). Technical details p p p p p p p

GFK 30 mm 265 mm serrated 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Material: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.92

2.80

2.99

3.85

5.6

41251

8.6

4.16

4.95

41253

0.90

12.4

41255

Crestamax L, wooden single ladder with rungs The alternative in material and price: pleasant to grip at all temperatures, popular on building sites and with painters. Low thermal conductivity – therefore always pleasant to grip, even when used outdoors in winter. Tensioning screws for additional safety and stability. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

2.37

3.35

2.93

3.90

Wood natural adhesive-bonded 21 mm 380 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

6.5

40008

8.5

40010

Ladders/single ladders

Hook-on shelf ladders and mobile shelf ladders These flexible ladders ensure safe access to shelving and can be adapted to the required height. The hook-on shelf ladders have two hooks for the guide rail and additional hooks for vertical storage on the shelf.

When placing your order, please let us know the vertical distance from the floor to the tubular rail's top edge.

• S helf ladder in position for use

• U pper hooks for securing the ladder during use

•

• S helf ladder in

storage position

L ower hooks for stowing the ladder

H Vertical height of

the guide rail

Base length

The solution features guide rails and self-locking sprung castors for easy rolling along your shelving. It can also be tailored to the required height. Both the top of the ladder and the self-locking sprung castors at the bottom lock the shelf ladder in place when weight is applied. When not in use, the ladder can be stowed vertically on the shelf to save space. When placing your order, please let us know the vertical distance from the floor to the tubular rail's top edge. Mobile shelf ladder in rest position

Mobile shelf ladder in position for use

Accessories

Vertical height

Tubular rail

Order no.

Aluminium alloy tube, ∅ 30 mm, 3000 mm long, anodised

40370

Aluminium alloy intermediate bracket

41457

Aluminium alloy bracket with stop on the right

41458

Aluminium alloy bracket with stop on the left

41459

Rail systems: one intermediate bracket to be provided for each approx. 1.00 m length of tubing.

Ladders/single ladders

Comfortstep LH, bolted hook-on shelf ladder with treads Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised bolted 80 mm 250 mm padding on front tread edges 380 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

max. vertical rail height from/to m

Number of treads

Order no.

1.45 - 1.69

41402

1.70 - 1.94

41403

1.95 - 2.19

41404

2.20 - 2.44

41405

41406

2.45 - 2.69 Base depth = vertical height of the guide rail × 0.404

Comfortstep Trec LH, bolted mobile shelf ladder with treads Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised bolted 80 mm 250 mm padding on front tread edges 555 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

max. vertical rail height from/to m

Number of treads

Order no.

1.84 - 2.08

41412

2.09 - 2.33

41413

2.34 - 2.58

41414

2.59 - 2.83

41415

41416

2.84 - 3.08 Base depth = vertical height of the guide rail × 0.404

Ladders/single ladders

Saferstep LH, flanged hook-on shelf ladder with treads Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 80 mm 265 mm Safer Step 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

max. vertical rail height from/to m

Number of treads

Order no.

1.31 - 1.78

1041356

1.79 - 2.28

1041358

2.29 - 2.82

1041360

2.83 - 3.35

1041362

3.36 - 3.87

1041364

Base depth = vertical height of the guide rail × 0.364

Saferstep Trec LH, flanged mobile shelf ladder with treads Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

max. vertical rail height from/to m

Number of treads

Order no.

1.67 - 2.16

1141356

2.17 - 2.67

1141358

2.68 - 3.20

1141360

3.21 - 3.72

1141362

1141364

3.73 - 4.25 Base depth = vertical height of the guide rail × 0.364

100

Aluminium anodised flanged 80 mm 265 mm Safer Step 595 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Ladders/single ladders

Stella LH, flanged hook-on shelf ladder with rungs Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 270 mm serrated 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

max. vertical rail height from/to m

Number of treads

Order no.

1.33 - 1.86

1041511

1.87 - 2.41

1041512

2.42 - 2.95

1041513

2.96 - 3.49

1041514

1041515

3.50 - 4.03 Base depth = vertical height of the guide rail × 0.268

Stella Trec LH, flanged mobile shelf ladder with rungs Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 270 mm serrated 665 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

max. vertical rail height from/to m

Number of treads

Order no.

1.73 - 2.26

1141511

2.27 - 2.80

1141512

2.81 - 3.34

1141513

3.35 - 3.88

1141514

3.89 - 4.42

1141515

Base depth = vertical height of the guide rail × 0.268

101

Push-up and rope-operated ladders – highly flexible access.

No scuffing

Optimal wrap-around stile guides

of the wall thanks to the top wheel assembly.

that encompass the stile.

Extreme stiffness due to highstrength flanging.

Easy height adjustment using a rope.

Topmost permissible stepping surface

STOP 65°–75°

102

Required ladder length = vertical height to be reached × 1.064

1,00 m

ensure stability.

Information

Working height

Safe standing

Ladders/push-up and rope-operated ladders

Everest Plus 2E, flanged push-up ladder with treads, two-section Provides a safe place to stand for work at height. The pushup ladder with treads instead of rungs. The upper ladder is fitted with plastic wheels to prevent damage to walls. Height adjustment in increments of 280 mm. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Wheels: p Overall width: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm/80 mm 265 mm serrated/SaferStep Rubber 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Especially lightweight thanks to the combination of tread and rung ladders.

Top wheel assembly

Tread with ZARGES Safer Step Technology

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

4.20

2.52

4.90

5.32

3.08

5.95

0.90

2×8

11.5

40467

1.00

2 × 10

13.9

6.44

3.64

7.00

40468

1.10

2 × 12

17.0

40469

Accessories Description

Order no.

Clamp-on stile extension

40213

103

Ladders/push-up and rope-operated ladders

Everest 2E, flanged push-up ladder with rungs, 2-section The convenient solution for working at great heights with maximum ladder width for comfortable climbing and safe standing. From length of 8.30 m – upper ladder with wheel assemblies. Abrasion-resistant wall wheels that prevent marking on surfaces. Convenient and precise rung-by-rung height adjustment in increments of 280 mm. Both parts of the ladder can also be used separately as single ladders for order no. 40245-40247 Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Wheels: p Overall width: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 270 mm serrated Rubber 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

ZARGES quality flanging Ladder length, extended m

104

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

40245

2.95

1.83

3.80

2×6

6.0

4.07

2.39

4.85

0.90

2×8

9.8

40246

4.96

3.00

5.75

1.00

2 × 10

13.5

40247

6.09

3.56

6.80

1.10

2 × 12

18.0

40248

7.21

4.07

7.90

1.20

2 × 14

19.5

40249

8.33

4.70

9.00

1.20

2 × 16

25.0

40214

9.13

5.20

9.75

1.20

2 × 18

27.5

40215

10.25

5.74

10.85

114

1.20

2 × 20

33.0

40216

12.22

6.90

12.75

114

1.20

2 × 24

41.5

40217

Ladders/push-up and rope-operated ladders

Everest 2DE, flanged push-up ladder with rungs, 2-section Safe, flexible and suitable for great heights, offering great value for money. Convenient and precise rung-by-rung height adjustment in increments of 280 mm. Both parts of the ladder can also be used separately as single ladders for order no. 44834 and 44820. Sturdy triangular rungs made from extruded profiles that have a horizontal stepping surface when in the use position. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

3.80

2.42

4.60

0.80

4.93

2.98

5.65

0.90

6.05

3.54

6.80

1.00

7.17

4.10

7.85

8.29

4.66

8.70

9.17

5.23

9.80

Aluminium natural flanged 38 mm 265 mm serrated 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

2×8

9.3

44834

2 × 10

11.3

44820

2 × 12

15.4

44822

1.10

2 × 14

17.8

44824

1.20

2 × 16

21.5

44826

1.20

2 × 18

23.9

44828

Everest 3DE, flanged push-up ladder with rungs, 3-section Flexible, safe and inexpensive: the perfect solution for accessing great heights. Convenient and precise rung-by-rung height adjustment in increments of 280 mm. The upper ladder can also be used separately as a single ladder for order no. 44851-44852. Sturdy triangular rungs made from extruded profiles that have a horizontal stepping surface when in the use position. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

5.25

2.41

5.95

6.65

2.97

7.25

8.33

3.53

8.80

9.45

4.09

9.90

Aluminium natural flanged 38 mm 265 mm serrated 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

0.90

3×8

15.3

44851

1.10

3 × 10

19.2

44852

1.20

3 × 12

24.2

44853

1.20

3 × 14

36.0

44854

105

Ladders/push-up and rope-operated ladders

Skyline 2E, flanged rope-operated ladder with rungs, 2-section Easy and convenient height adjustment makes this ladder ideal for use to access great heights. Very easy and convenient rung-by-rung height adjustment in increments of 280 mm via a rope pulley system. Locks securely thanks to automatic spring loaded pawls. Upper ladder fitted with wall wheels. Abrasion-resistant wall wheels that prevent marking on surfaces. Technical details p p p p p p p p p p Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Wheels: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 270 mm serrated Rubber 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

7.21

4.14

7.90

1.20

2 × 14

22.8

40206

8.33

4.70

9.00

1.20

2 × 16

24.7

40207

9.13

5.20

9.75

1.20

2 × 18

30.9

40208

10.25

5.74

10.85

114

1.20

2 × 20

33.8

40209

11.10

6.40

11.70

114

1.20

2 × 22

37.9

40212

12.22

6.90

12.75

114

1.20

2 × 24

42.6

40210

Skyline 3E, flanged rope-operated ladder with rungs, 3-section When you need access to great heights: Optimised transport dimensions, working heights of up to 16.35 m with convenient height adjustment. Abrasion-resistant wall wheels that prevent marking on surfaces. Two ropes for separate height adjustment of the centre and upper ladders. Maximum working height thanks to treads starting at 280 mm from the ground. The ladders with order no. 40448 and 40449 are equipped with 2 aluminium alloy supports for easy erection and stabilisation. (Not to be used as free-standing ladders!) Technical details p p p p p p p p p p

106

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Wheels: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 270 mm serrated Rubber 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

10.55

4.40

11.15

1.20

3 × 15

45.0

40446

12.55

5.25

13.10

1.20

3 × 18

53.0

40447

14.20

5.80

14.70

3 × 20

68.0

40448

15.90

6.40

16.35

3 × 22

74.0

40449

Ladders/push-up and rope-operated ladders

Everest EFA 2E, GRP push-up ladder with rungs, 2-section Fibreglass ladder for access to great heights, for use in electrical and chemical environments. Stiles and rungs made of glass-fibre-reinforced plastic for particularly high chemical resistance. Complies with the high-voltage test for ladders of insulating material in accordance with EN 61478 and VDE 0682 Section 6.5 Category 1/30 KV. Convenient and precise rung-by-rung height adjustment in increments of 280 mm. The upper ladder section on order no. 41288-41290 can also be used separately as a single ladder. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

4.17

2.44

4.95

4.91

2.95

5.70

6.03

3.51

6.75

GRP 30 mm 270 mm serrated 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

0.80

2×8

14.3

41288

0.90

2 × 10

19.5

41290

1.00

2 × 12

23.3

41292

Skyline EFA 2E, GRP rope-operated ladder with rungs, 2-section For special applications at great heights and for working in high-voltage or chemical environments, with convenient height adjustment. Stiles and rungs made of glass-fibre-reinforced plastic for particularly high chemical resistance. Complies with the high-voltage test for ladders of insulating material in accordance with EN 61478 and VDE 0682 Section 6.5 Category 1/30 KV. Suitable for use in highvoltage environments (1,000 V AC, 1,500 V DC). Very easy and convenient rung-byrung height adjustment in increments of 280 mm via a rope pulley system. Wall wheels with a surface that will not damage the wall. Technical details p p p p p p p p

Material: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Wheels: Overall width: Load: Standard:

GRP 30 mm 270 mm serrated Rubber 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

7.17

4.09

7.95

1.10

2 × 14

35.7

41274

7.72

4.64

8.50

1.20

2 × 16

41.3

41276

107

Multipurpose ladders – ready for any situation.

Optimal wrap-around stile guides that encompass the stile.

Easy height adjustment

using hooks and lift-off retainer. Optimal sturdiness thanks to rigid locking bars.

Safe standing ensure stability.

Working height

Topmost permissible stepping surface

STOP

1,00 m

Information

Working height

prevents the ladder slipping.

Working height

2-component plastic end caps

65°–75°

Required ladder length = vertical height to be reached × 1.064

108

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Skymaster Plus X, flanged multi-function ladder, 3-section One ladder, many functions: the flexible solution for safe ascent and descent as well as extra stability. Maximum stability thanks to rigid locking bars on both sides. The horizontal stabiliser bar is fitted with castors for ergonomic transport. Upper ladder equipped with top wheel assembly (from size 3 × 8 and above). Order no. 41526-41522 can be used on steps/stairs. Upper ladder can also be used separately as a single ladder for order no. 41526-41522. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Wheels: p Overall width: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated Rubber 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Top wheel assembly

Rigid locking bar

ZARGES quality flanging

Fitted with wheels for ergonomic transport

Ladder length, as 3-part single ladder m

Length as 2-part single ladder and as stepladder with push-on section m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height, as 3-part single ladder m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Stile depth mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

4.15

3.00

1.90

4.90

0.80

3×6

13.9

41526

5.80

4.10

2.45

6.55

1.00

3×8

18.6

41521

6.90

4.95

3.00

7.65

1.10

3 × 10

24.4

41522

8.60

6.10

3.55

9.25

1.20

3 × 12

30.2

41523

9.70

6.95

4.15

10.35

1.20

3 × 14

38.5

41524

109

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Skymaster X, flanged multi-function ladder, 3-section Convertible to take on challenging tasks with greater safety. Order no. 41536-41540 can be used on steps/stairs. One rigid locking bar. The upper ladder on order no. 41536-41540 can also be used separately as a single ladder. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Overall width: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

ZARGES quality flanging Ladder length, as 3-part single ladder m

Length as 2-part single ladder and as stepladder with push-on section m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height, as 3-part single ladder m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Stile depth mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

4.10

3.00

1.90

5.00

0.80

3×6

13.8

41536

5.00

3.60

2.20

5.80

0.90

3×7

15.0

41537

5.80

4.10

2.45

6.65

1.00

3×8

17.5

41538

6.70

4.70

2.70

7.45

1.10

3×9

20.0

41539

6.90

4.95

3.00

7.70

1.10

3 × 10

23.3

41540

8.60

6.10

3.55

9.35

1.20

3 × 12

28.8

41542

9.70

6.95

4.15

10.40

1.20

3 × 14

36.4

41544

110

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Skymaster DX, flanged multi-function ladder, 3-section The base version offers high functionality and flexibility as well as great value for money. Upper ladder can also be used separately as a single ladder for order no. 44837-44840. Sturdy triangular rungs made from extruded profiles that have a horizontal stepping surface when in the use position. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Overall width: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 38 mm 265 mm serrated 490 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Ladder length, as 3-part single ladder m

Length as 2-part single ladder and as stepladder with push-on section m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height, as 3-part single ladder m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Stile depth mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

4.40

3.25

2.14

5.20

0.80

3×7

13.8

44837

5.25

3.85

2.42

6.00

0.90

3×8

16.3

44838

6.10

4.40

2.70

6.85

1.00

3×9

18.0

44839

6.65

4.65

2.98

7.35

1.10

3 × 10

20.5

44840

7.20

5.25

3.26

7.90

1.10

3 × 11

22.3

44841

8.30

5.80

3.54

9.00

1.20

3 × 12

25.9

44842

9.45

6.65

4.10

10.05

1.20

3 × 14

31.5

44844

111

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Combimaster Plus X, flanged multi-function ladder, 2-section Two ladders in one: combined stepladder and push-up ladder for safe standing. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Vert. height as stepladder m

Working height m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Stile depth mm

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

2.98

1.86

1.75

3.80

0.80

2×6

7.9

42566

4.10

2.42

2.27

4.90

0.80

2×8

10.1

42568

4.94

2.98

2.80

5.70

0.90

2 × 10

12.2

42570

6.06

3.54

3.33

6.80

1.00

2 × 12

15.3

42572

7.19

4.10

3.86

7.90

1.10

2 × 14

18.1

42574

8.31

4.67

4.39

9.00

1.20

2 × 16

22.0

42576

Combimaster DX, flanged multi-function ladder, 2-section The inexpensive alternative for universal use as a push-up ladder and stepladder. Sturdy triangular rungs made from extruded profiles that have a horizontal stepping surface when in the use position. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Ladder length, extended m

112

Ladder length, retracted m

Vert. height as stepladder m

Working height m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Stile depth mm

Aluminium natural flanged 38 mm 265 mm serrated 420 mm 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

3.82

2.40

2.25

4.90

0.89

2×8

10.0

44868

4.94

2.98

2.81

5.70

0.90

2 × 10

12.3

44870

6.06

3.54

3.33

6.80

1.00

2 × 12

15.3

44872

6.90

4.10

3.86

7.60

1.10

2 × 14

18.2

44874

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Variomax V, flanged telescopic multi-function ladder, 4-section Multifunctional, telescopic ladder suitable for use on stairs, with compact transport dimensions and in sturdy, durable design. Single ladder, stepladder and stair ladder in one. Easy-to-use, automatically engaging aluminium safety hinge. Safe height adjustment thanks to four pull handles of diecast aluminium. Fitted with fold-out stabilisers to allow the product to be used as a single ladder in compliance EN131-1 (except for the 4 x 3 model). The stabilisers can be folded in to save space during transport or when the product is used as a stepladder. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Load: p Standard:

When used as a single ladder Length as single ladder m

Vert. height as stepladder m

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 150.0 kg EN131-4

Reinforced aluminium safety hinge Working height as single ladder m

Working height as stepladder m

Stabilisers for widening the ladder base Dimensions when folded m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

2.97

1.45

3.85

2.75

0.97 × 0.50 × 0.21

4×3

9.0

41934

4.20

2.00

5.00

3.35

1.30 × 0.64 × 0.21

4×4

15.0

41383

5.30

2.54

6.05

3.85

1.58 × 0.71 × 0.21

4×5

18.0

41384

6.40

3.10

7.10

4.40

1.86 × 0.78 × 0.21

4×6

22.0

41385

Accessories Description

Order no.

Stile extension

41933

113

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Variotec V, flanged telescopic multi-function ladder, 4-section Multifunctional, telescopic ladder suitable for use on stairs, with compact transport dimensions and in a sturdy, durable design. The ladder can be adjusted to the desired working height in increments of 280 mm. Folds down to a spacesaving compact size for transport. Functional, robust pin hinges that are bolted to the ladder and easy to replace; order no. 42439 is fitted with reinforced aluminium hinges. Fitted with fold-out stabilisers to allow the product to be used as a single ladder in compliance with EN131-1. The stabilisers can be folded in to save space during transport or when the product is used as a stepladder. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Load: p Standard:

When used as a single ladder

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 150.0 kg EN131-4

Stabilisers for widening the ladder base

Length as single ladder m

Vert. height as stepladder m

Working height as single ladder m

Working height as stepladder m

Dimensions when folded m

Stile depth mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

4.17

2.20

4.95

3.40

1.30 × 0.64 × 0.21

4×4

15.0

42437

5.29

2.70

6.05

3.90

1.58 × 0.71 × 0.21

4×5

18.0

42438

6.40

3.09

7.10

4.40

1.86 × 0.78 × 0.21

4×6

22.0

42439

Accessories

114

Description

Order no.

Stile extension

41133

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Multimax M, flanged multipurpose ladder, 4-section Versatile ladder with up to four functions which folds to extremely small dimensions for transport. Easy-to-use, automatically engaging aluminium safety hinge. Order no. 41610 and 41611 with a foldable wooden board for use as a work platform. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Overall width: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 420 mm 150.0 kg EN131-4

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

With a wooden panel for use as a work platform

When used as a single ladder

Folds to a compact size for transport

Length as stepladder m

Length as single ladder m

Height as work platform m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Dimensions when folded m

Stile depth mm

1.76

3.65

0.99

4.45

0.80

1.00 × 0.80 × 0.28

2.00

4.16

0.99

5.00

0.90

1.21 × 0.90 × 0.28

2.29

4.75

5.50

0.90

1.25 × 0.90 × 0.28

2.84

5.85

6.55

1.10

1.56 × 1.10 × 0.28

Number of rungs

Reinforced aluminium safety hinge Weight kg

Order no.

4×3

18.2

41610

2×3+2×4

20.6

41611

4×4

16.0

41688

4×5

20.0

41689

115

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Multitec M, flanged multipurpose ladder, 4-section The compact version for a wide range of uses offering good value for money. Can be used as a single ladder, a stepladder with double-sided access, or a practical work platform. Order no. 42377-42379 with a folding wooden board for use as a work platform. Order no. 42381-42383 are equipped with two horizontal stabiliser bars, order no. 42384 with one horizontal stabiliser bar. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Overall width: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 350 mm 150.0 kg EN131-4

With a wooden panel for use as a work platform

116

Length as stepladder m

Length as single ladder m

Height as work platform m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Dimensions when folded m

Stile depth mm

1.85

3.62

0.99

4.45

0.75

1.02 × 0.75 × 0.26

2.13

4.19

0.99

5.00

0.80

1.22 × 0.80 × 0.26

2.41

4.74

5.50

0.90

1.30 × 0.90 × 0.26

2.41

4.74

0.99

5.50

0.90

1.50 × 0.90 × 0.26

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

4×3

16.2

42377

2×3+2×4

19.0

42378

4×4

15.5

42384

2×3+2×5

22.2

42379

Ladders/multipurpose ladders

Combimaster X, flanged mult-function folding ladder, 2-section Flexible dual-function ladder that can be used as a single ladder or stepladder. Strong steel joint bolted to the stiles. Self-locking. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 350 mm 150.0 kg EN131-4

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Length as stepladder m

Length as single ladder m

Working height as single ladder m

Working height as stepladder m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Stile depth mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.30

2.50

3.35

2.55

0.75

2×4

6.0

41941

1.85

3.60

4.40

3.10

0.80

2×6

8.0

41942

2.40

4.70

5.45

3.60

0.90

2×8

12.0

41943

Telescopic combination ladder The ladder fits into any car boot when fully retracted. Can be used as a single ladder or a stepladder only when fully extended. Original TELESTEPS with the proven AUTOSTEPS mechanism. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised 90 mm 300 mm serrated 150.0 kg EN 131-6

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

2.30

0.71

3.60

0.69

6+2

14.5

41114

3.00

0.78

4.20

0.77

8+2

20.0

41115

Accessories Description

Order no.

Storage tray

41118

117

ZAP work platforms – as flexible as a ladder, as safe as scaffolding.

Plenty of room to manoeuvre thanks to a spacious platform measuring 665 × 440 mm.

Built-in storage tray on the guardrail.

Easy to move from point A to B due to large wheels on the ladder's rear.

Quick to set up/ dismantle due to the quickrelease mechanism on stabilisers.

Topmost permissible stepping surface

Adjustable height thanks to a welldesigned lifting mechanism

118

STOP

Working height

Information

Ladders/ZAP work platforms

ZAP Telemaster S, flanged telescopic platform ladder Height-adjustable platform with large standing surface and all-round railings for safety and comfort. Simple height adjustment according to the push-up ladder principle, thus different heights can be obtained with only one platform ladder. Easy handling – handrails and guardrails fold up automatically during the set-up process. Can be used on stairs and be folded to a very compact size for transport ad storage. Easy to move around thanks to the two wheels at the rear. Technical details p p p p p p p

Rung/tread depth: Guardrail height: Platform size: Platform material Storage tray: Load: Standard:

30 mm 1.00 m 440 × 665 mm 7-layer laminated plywood Aluminium 150.0 kg EN 131-7

Generously dimensioned, sturdy storage tray

Integrated castors for easy movement.

Height adjustment

Generously dimensioned, sturdy platform.

Platform height m

Working height m

Height including guardrails max. m

Base area, stabiliser rod extended L x W m

Base area, stabiliser rod retracted L x W m

Dimensions when folded m

No. of rungs incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.81 / 1.08 / 1.34

3.34

2.37

1.45 × 1.00

0.40 × 2.16 × 1.02

28.0

41325

1.05 / 1.30 / 1.60 / 1.83

3.83

2.86

1.80 × 2.25

1.80 × 0.81

0.40 × 2.44 × 0.81

34.0

41326

1.31 / 1.60 / 1.80 / 2.10 / 2.35

4.35

3.38

2.20 × 2.55

2.20 × 0.81

0.40 × 2.72 × 0.81

38.5

41327

1.83 / 2.12 / 2.38 / 2.6 5 / 2.90 / 3.15

5.15

4.17

2.80 × 2.50

2.80 × 0.81

0.40 × 3.28 × 0.81

50.0

41328

Accessories

Required ballast (number of weights)

Description

Order no.

Conversion to antistatic configuration

217510

Installation of security door

41329

Indoors

–

Ballast weight (cuboid)

41331

Outdoors

Required for Order No. 41328

119

Ladders/ZAP work platforms

ZAP Teleneo S, flanged telescopic platform ladder Telescopic platform ladder with practical storage trays. Height is adjustable due to ergonomic handles installed on both sides. Foldable handrails and fold-up guardrails allows it to take up less space during transport. Additional storage space at knee height for loads of up to 25 kg. Technical details p p p p p p p

Rung/tread depth: Guardrail height: Platform size: Platform material Storage tray: Load: Standard:

30 mm 1.00 m 400 × 500 mm glued plywood panel plastic 150.0 kg EN 131-7

Fold-up guardrail

Height adjustment thanks to ergonomic handles on both sides

Folds to compact dimensions

Generously dimensioned, sturdy storage tray

Platform height m

Working height m

Height including guardrails max. m

Base area, stabiliser rod retracted LxW m

Dimensions when folded

No. of rungs incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.04 / 1.29 / 1.55 / 1.80

3.80

2.80

2.32 × 0.67

0.75 × 0.42

30.0

41661

1.54 / 1.79 / 2.05 / 2.30

4.30

3.30

2.87 × 0.67

0.75 × 0.42

35.0

41662

120

Ladders/ZAP work platforms

ZAP Safemaster Plus S, flanged mobile platform ladder Perfect solution for accessing shelves for storage and retrieval. Large storage tray, easy to move around, compact when folded. Access section with horizontal stabiliser bar, support section with chassis beam, castors with locking mechanism (∅ 160 mm). Easy folding of the ladder for spacesaving storage due to hinges in both diagonal braces. Technical details p p p p p p p

Rung/tread depth: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Platform material Storage tray: Load: Standard:

80 mm Safer Step 600 × 630 mm Aluminium ribbed plate Aluminium 150.0 kg EN 131-7

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

ZARGES Safer Step Technology

Folds to compact dimensions

Generously dimensioned, sturdy storage tray

Platform height m

Working height m

Height including guardrails m

Chassis-beam width m

Wide crosspiece m

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.00

3.00

2.00

1.09

42.0

41201

1.30

3.30

2.30

1.09

43.0

41202

1.60

3.60

2.60

1.29

1.00

47.0

41203

1.80

3.80

2.80

1.29

1.00

50.6

41204

2.10

4.10

3.10

1.69

1.00

55.0

41205

2.60

4.60

3.60

1.88

1.40

61.0

41207

3.10

5.10

4.10

1.88

1.80

65.8

41209

Required ballast (number of weights)

Accessories Description

Order no.

Indoors

–

Ballast weight

42915

Outdoors

Required for order no. 41207, 41209

121

Ladders/ZAP work platforms

ZAP Safemaster S, flanged platform ladder with treads The flanged platform ladder with treads can now be retrofitted with stabilisers to comply with EN 131-7. Optimum stability thanks to rigid locking bars with reinforcement on both sides. Foldable anodised handrails allow it to take up less space during transport. The handle on the platform allows the ladder to be folded up quickly and effortlessly. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Rung/tread depth: Type of rungs/treads: Guardrail height: Platform size: Platform material Storage tray: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

80 mm Safer Step 1000 mm 400 × 400 mm Aluminium ribbed plate Aluminium Rigid locking bar 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

ZARGES Safer Step Technology

Platform height m

Ladder length m

Folds to compact dimensions

Working height m

Height including guardrails m

Guardrail on 3 sides with large storage tray Lower, outer width m

Number of treads incl. platform

Can be retrofitted with a stabiliser in compliance with EN 131 Part 7. Weight kg

Order no.

0.53

1.87

2.53

1.53

0.59

10.6

41672

0.79

2.15

2.79

1.79

0.62

11.8

41681

1.06

2.43

3.06

2.06

0.65

13.0

41674

1.32

2.71

3.32

2.32

0.68

14.4

41675

1.58

2.99

3.58

0.71

16.1

41676

1.85

3.27

3.85

1.85

0.74

17.4

41677

2.11

3.55

4.11

3.11

0.77

19.1

41678

2.34

3.83

4.34

3.34

0.80

20.4

41679

Accessories Description

Fits

Order no.

ZAP castor set

–

41671

ZAP stabiliser set, size 1

41674, 41675

41667

ZAP stabiliser set, size 2

41676, 41677

41668

ZAP stabiliser set, size 3

41678, 41679

41669

Safety bar

–

41649

These accessories can be retrofitted without having to drill holes

122

Ladders/ZAP work platforms

ZAP Neo S, riveted platform ladder with treads The ultralight platform ladder: Lightweight and wieldy thanks to the foldable handrails, and comfortable owing to the large platform. Foldable handrail to save space during transport. Anodised handrails. Technical details p p p p p p p p

Rung/tread depth: Coating: Guardrail height: Platform size: Platform material Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

80 mm anodised 1.00 m 400 × 400 mm Aluminium ribbed plate Rigid locking bar 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Foldable handrails

Ladder length m

Large platform.

Platform height m

Working height m

Large-area work platform (400 x 400 mm)

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth on access/ support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Easy to use thanks to locking latch

Weight kg

Order no.

1.93

0.74

2.74

0.62

9.3

42440

2.20

0.99

2.99

0.64

10.4

42441

2.47

1.24

3.24

0.67

11.3

42442

2.74

1.49

3.49

0.70

12.5

42443

3.01

1.74

3.74

0.73

13.8

42444

3.28

1.99

3.99

0.75

15.0

42445

123

Stepladders with single-sided access – comfortable to climb and stand on.

Ample space for your tools in the large aluminium storage tray.

Clean hands thanks to its anodised stiles.

Comfortable to climb

Comfortable to stand on

due to the 80 mm deep treads.

thanks to the large platform.

Topmost permissible stepping surface

2-component plastic end caps prevents the ladder slipping.

124

STOP

Working height

Information

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

R13step S, flanged stepladder with treads Safer ascent with the highest non-slip performance thanks to R13 treads for oily and wet conditions. Large platform with R13 surface that allows personnel to stand safely and comfortably even when working for extended periods. Practical storage tray with plenty of space for tools and small parts. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Storage tray: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 80 mm 265 mm R13 tread 300 × 250 mm Aluminium Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

ZARGES quality flanging

Storage tray

Large platform with R13 surface

Tread with R13 surface

Ladder length m

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth on access/ support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.59

0.80

2.80

0.50

73 / 58

8.3

41636

1.87

1.06

3.10

0.53

73 / 58

9.8

41637

2.15

1.33

3.35

0.56

73 / 58

10.5

41638

2.43

1.59

3.60

0.59

73 / 58

11.5

41639

2.71

1.85

3.85

0.62

73 / 58

12.3

41640

2.99

2.12

4.15

0.65

73 / 58

12.8

41641

3.55

2.64

4.65

0.71

73 / 58

16.1

41642

125

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

Megastep S, flanged stepladder with rungs The strongest of all our ladders: high load capacity and modern design for the most exacting requirements. Platform that allows personnel to stand safely and comfortably even when working for extended periods. Practical storage tray with plenty of space for tools and small parts. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Storage tray: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 60 mm 265 mm SL Step 250 × 250 mm Aluminium Belt strap 250.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

ZARGES quality flanging Ladder length m

126

Aluminium storage tray

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Platform 250 x 250 mm Stile depth on access/ support section mm

No. of rungs incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.59

0.80

2.80

0.44

73 / 58

6.2

41145

1.87

1.06

3.10

0.47

73 / 58

7.3

41146

2.15

1.33

3.35

0.50

73 / 58

8.0

41147

2.43

1.59

3.60

0.53

73 / 58

8.6

41148

2.99

2.12

4.15

0.59

73 / 58

9.6

41149

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

Saferstep S, flanged stepladder with treads Comfortable and safe ascent with high non-slip performance thanks to Safer Step Technology and robust, stable construction. Large platform that allows personnel to stand safely and comfortably even when working for extended periods. Practical storage tray with plenty of space for tools and small parts. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Storage tray: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 80 mm 265 mm Safer Step 300 × 250 mm Aluminium Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Storage tray

Tread with ZARGES Safer Step Technology

Ladder length m

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth on access/ support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.59

0.80

2.80

0.49

68 / 48

6.5

41373

1.87

1.06

3.10

0.52

68 / 48

7.6

41374

2.15

1.33

3.35

0.55

68 / 48

9.0

41375

2.43

1.59

3.60

0.58

68 / 48

9.9

41376

2.71

1.85

3.85

0.61

68 / 48

11.1

41377

2.99

2.12

4.15

0.64

68 / 48

12.3

41378

3.55

2.64

4.65

0.70

68 / 48

15.6

41380

127

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

Meistertritt S, flanged stepladder with treads Safe standing on very large platform, non-slip ascent and descent thanks to Safer Step Technology. Considered a "lightweight platform ladder", which is subsidised by the occupational insurance association BG Bau. Particularly large work platform with ribbed aluminium sheet covering. With two handrails as standard for safe access. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Storage tray: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 80 mm 265 mm Safer Step 390 × 380 mm Aluminium Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Tread with ZARGES Safer Step Technology Ladder length m

128

Platform height m

Large standing platform with anti-slip serrated surface. Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Two handrails

Stile depth on access/ support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.92

0.77

1.77

2.80

0.59

73 / 58

9.5

41632

2.20

1.03

2.03

3.00

0.62

73 / 58

10.7

41633

2.48

1.29

2.29

3.30

0.65

73 / 58

12.1

41634

2.75

1.55

2.55

3.55

0.68

73 / 58

13.8

40477

3.32

2.07

3.07

4.10

0.74

73 / 58

16.7

40478

3.88

2.59

3.59

4.60

0.80

73 / 58

20.3

40479

4.44

3.11

4.11

5.10

0.86

73 / 58

23.3

41635

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

Comfortstep S, bolted stepladder with treads Protection for your shins: high degree of comfort while working with padded treads. Deep treads with padded front edge for standing comfort. Large platform that allows personnel to stand safely and comfortably even when working for extended periods. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p p p p p

Aluminium anodised bolted 80 mm 250 mm padding on front tread edges 300 × 250 mm Aluminium Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Platform size: Storage tray: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Storage tray Ladder length m

Treads with padded front edges Platform height m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth on access/ support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.52

0.75

1.38

2.75

0.50

42 / 42

6.4

41421

1.79

1.00

1.63

3.00

0.53

42 / 42

7.4

41422

2.06

1.25

1.88

3.25

0.56

42 / 42

8.4

41423

2.33

1.50

2.13

3.50

0.59

48 / 42

9.7

41424

2.60

1.75

2.38

3.75

0.61

48 / 42

10.7

41425

2.87

2.00

2.63

4.00

0.64

48 / 42

11.9

41426

3.40

2.50

3.13

4.50

0.70

48 / 42

14.4

41427

129

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

XLstep S, riveted stepladder with treads Low weight, simple handling and a great vale for money. Stand without fatigue on deep treads. Large platform that allows personnel to stand safely and comfortably even when working for extended periods. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Storage tray: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium anodised riveted 80 mm 250 mm serrated 300 × 250 mm Aluminium Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Storage tray

Ladder length m

130

Riveted joint between tread and stile

Platform height m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth on access/ support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.56

0.74

1.42

2.75

0.49

42 / 42

6.0

41223

1.83

0.99

1.67

3.00

0.52

42 / 42

6.9

41224

2.10

1.24

1.92

3.25

0.55

42 / 42

7.7

41225

2.37

1.49

2.17

3.50

0.57

48 / 42

9.1

41226 41227

2.64

1.74

2.42

3.75

0.61

48 / 42

10.2

2.91

1.99

2.67

4.00

0.63

48 / 42

11.7

41228

3.45

2.49

3.17

4.50

0.69

48 / 42

14.1

41230

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

Seventec RC S, riveted stepladder with treads The ladder for optimal safety in outdoor areas. Extra-deep treads with perforations for draining liquids (for use in oily or wet areas) and textured surface to ensure secure footing. Reflective strips on the stiles to improve visibility in poor visual conditions. Technical details p p p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Storage tray: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Platform height m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, Stile depth outer width on access/ m support section mm

Aluminium natural riveted 85 mm 218 mm RC tread 380 × 260 mm Aluminium Rigid locking bar 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.44

0.70

1.31

2.70

0.45

87 / 87

6.3

40493

1.67

0.90

1.54

2.90

0.47

87 / 87

7.9

40494

1.90

1.10

1.79

3.10

0.49

87 / 87

8.1

40495

Seventec S, riveted stepladder with treads High stability, safe ascent and descent due to deep treads and smooth external stile surfaces that are comfortable to grip. Comfortable standing on a large platform with integrated hinge connection. Technical details p p p p p p p p p p p

Platform height m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, Stile depth outer width on access/ m support section mm

Aluminium natural riveted 85 mm 218 mm serrated 380 × 260 mm Aluminium Rigid locking bar 150.0 kg EN 131 professional Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.44

0.70

1.33

2.70

0.45

87 / 87

6.0

40333

1.67

0.90

1.54

2.90

0.47

87 / 87

7.0

40334

1.90

1.10

1.76

3.10

0.49

87 / 87

8.0

40335

2.13

1.35

1.97

3.35

0.52

87 / 87

9.0

40336

2.35

1.55

2.19

3.55

0.54

87 / 87

10.5

40337

2.60

1.75

2.41

3.75

0.56

87 / 87

13.0

40338

3.05

2.20

2.82

4.20

0.61

87 / 87

14.0

40340

131

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

Nova S, flanged stepladder with treads The classic model for safe standing and comfortable working, with a practical storage tray and high-stability patented rung-stile connection. Large standing platform with anti-slip serrated surface. Practical storage tray with plenty of space for tools and small parts. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Storage tray: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 80 mm 216 mm serrated 250 × 250 mm plastic Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Patented tread design

Ladder length m

132

Flanged tread-stile connection.

Platform height m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Storage tray made of plastic

Stile depth on access/ support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.34

0.61

1.22

2.60

0.42

48 / 48

4.8

42453

1.57

0.83

1.43

2.85

0.44

48 / 48

5.8

42454

1.80

1.05

1.65

3.05

0.46

48 / 48

6.9

42455

2.03

1.26

1.86

3.25

0.49

48 / 48

8.0

42456

2.26

1.48

2.08

3.50

0.51

48 / 48

9.1

42457

2.49

1.70

2.29

3.70

0.54

48 / 48

10.2

42458

Ladders/stepladders, single-sided access

Scana S, riveted stepladder with treads High degree of comfort while working due to abrasion-resistant, anodised stiles and large storage tray. Large standing platform with anti-slip serrated surface. Technical details p p p p p p p p p p p

Aluminium anodised riveted 80 mm 216 mm serrated 250 × 250 mm plastic Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Ladder length m

Platform height m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, Stile depth outer width on access/ m support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.36

0.59

1.20

2.60

0.41

40 / 40

3.0

44153

1.59

0.81

1.42

2.80

0.43

40 / 40

3.6

44154

1.82

1.03

1.64

3.00

0.46

40 / 40

4.2

44155

2.05

1.24

1.85

3.25

0.48

40 / 40

4.9

44156

2.29

1.47

2.08

3.50

0.51

40 / 40

5.7

44157

2.52

1.70

2.31

3.70

0.53

40 / 40

7.1

44158

EFAmix S, GRP composite stepladder with treads The special ladders for all applications in electrical environments. Suitable for working on electrical installations thanks to insulated stiles made from glassfibre-reinforced plastic. Meets the requirements of the high-voltage test for ladders made of insulting material in accordance with EN 61 478. Technical details p p p p p p p p p p

Material: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Storage tray: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Aluminium / plastic flanged 80 mm 230 mm serrated 250 × 250 mm plastic Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Ladder length m

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth on access/ support section mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

1.40

0.68

2.70

0.52

50 / 50

6.0

40431

1.65

0.91

2.90

0.55

50 / 50

7.0

40432

1.90

1.14

3.15

0.57

50 / 50

8.0

40433

2.15

1.37

3.35

0.60

50 / 50

9.0

40434

2.40

1.60

3.60

0.62

50 / 50

10.0

40435

133

Stepladders with double-sided access – safe and flexible.

Sturdy due to hinges made of cast aluminium.

Comfortable to climb thanks to the 80 mm deep treads.

Clean hands thanks to its anodised stiles.

Information 2-component plastic end caps prevents the ladder slipping

Topmost permissible stepping surface

STOP

Working height

Vertical ladder height

134

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

R13step B, flanged stepladder with treads The ladder with the highest non-slip performance thanks to R13 treads for oily and wet conditions. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 80 mm 265 mm R13 tread Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

ZARGES quality flanging

Sturdy attachment of the straps

Joint made of diecast aluminium

Tread with R13 surface

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.88

0.80

2.30

0.44

2×3

5.8

41549

1.15

1.06

2.55

0.47

2×4

7.2

41551

1.42

1.32

2.80

0.50

2×5

8.4

41553

1.70

1.58

3.05

0.53

2×6

9.3

41555

1.98

1.84

3.30

0.56

2×7

10.1

41557

2.27

2.10

3.60

0.59

2×8

11.5

41559

2.83

2.62

4.15

0.65

2 × 10

14.7

41561

3.39

3.15

4.65

0.71

2 × 12

17.8

41563

3.95

3.67

5.20

0.77

2 × 14

22.6

41565

4.51

4.21

5.70

0.83

2 × 16

26.6

41567

Accessories Description

Order no.

Folding bracket

8206

135

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

Megastep B, flanged stepladder with rungs Climb from both sides: high load capacity with flexible application options and an exclusive design with luxurious black finish. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 60 mm 265 mm SL Step Belt strap 250.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.22

1.20

2.50

0.47

2×4

6.9

41189

1.50

1.47

2.75

0.50

2×5

8.0

41190

1.78

1.73

3.00

0.53

2×6

8.9

41191

2.34

2.27

3.55

0.59

2×8

11.9

41192

Saferstep B, flanged stepladder with treads The comfort version for flexible application, with high safety due to the use of Safer Step Technology and pleasant to grip. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised flanged 80 mm 265 mm Safer Step Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175) Ladder length m

136

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.88

0.80

2.30

0.44

2×3

4.6

41303

1.15

1.06

2.55

0.47

2×4

6.1

41304

1.42

1.32

2.80

0.50

2×5

7.6

41305

1.70

1.58

3.05

0.53

2×6

9.3

41306

1.98

1.84

3.30

0.56

2×7

10.9

41307

2.27

2.10

3.60

0.59

2×8

12.7

41308

2.83

2.62

4.15

0.65

2 × 10

16.4

41310

3.39

3.15

4.65

0.71

2 × 12

20.3

41312

3.95

3.67

5.20

0.77

2 × 14

24.4

41314

4.51

4.21

5.70

0.83

2 × 16

28.8

41316

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

Comfortstep B, bolted stepladder with treads Shin protection during ascent and descent and attractive design ensure high comfort when working and a flexible range of applications. Deep treads with padded front edge for standing comfort. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Aluminium anodised bolted 80 mm 250 mm padding on front tread edges Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175) Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.84

0.75

2.25

0.44

2×3

4.4

41432

1.11

1.00

2.50

0.47

2×4

5.8

41433

1.38

1.25

2.75

0.50

2×5

7.3

41434

1.65

1.50

3.00

0.53

2×6

8.8

41435

1.92

1.75

3.25

0.56

2×7

10.3

41436

2.18

2.00

3.50

0.59

2×8

12.2

41437

2.72

2.50

4.00

0.65

2 × 10

15.8

41438

2.99

2.75

4.25

0.68

2 × 11

17.6

41430

XLstep B, riveted stepladder with treads Low weight and optimum price/performance ratio without compromising on comfort or equipment. Stand without fatigue on deep treads. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Aluminium anodised riveted 80 mm 250 mm serrated Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.82

0.74

2.25

0.44

2×3

2.6

41263

1.09

0.99

2.50

0.47

2×4

3.4

41264

1.36

1.24

2.75

0.50

2×5

4.5

41265

1.63

1.49

3.00

0.53

2×6

6.1

41266 41267

1.90

1.74

3.25

0.56

2×7

8.3

2.17

1.99

3.50

0.59

2×8

11.3

41268

2.71

2.49

4.00

0.64

2 × 10

15.8

41270

137

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

Nova B, flanged stepladder with treads Flexible access equipment for safe ascent and working at heights of up to 3.65 metres. Patented tread design: sturdy, stable and durable with high-strength, rung-stile connection. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 80 mm 216 mm serrated Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Sturdy steel hinge

138

Flanged tread-stile connection.

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.68

0.64

2.10

0.44

2×3

5.8

42463

0.91

0.85

2.30

0.47

2×4

8.1

42464

1.15

1.07

2.55

0.48

2×5

10.2

42465

1.37

1.29

2.75

0.52

2×6

12.4

42466

1.61

1.50

3.00

0.54

2×7

14.6

42467

1.84

1.72

3.20

0.56

2×8

16.9

42468

2.30

2.15

3.65

0.61

2 × 10

21.5

42470

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

Seventec B, riveted stepladder with treads Stable and comfortable: deep treads for safe standing, smooth stiles that are comfortable to hold. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Aluminium natural riveted 85 mm 218 mm serrated Rigid locking bar 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.74

0.66

2.25

0.41

2×3

4.5

40353

0.97

0.88

2.45

0.43

2×4

6.0

40354

1.20

1.10

2.65

0.45

2×5

7.5

40355

1.43

1.31

2.85

0.47

2×6

9.0

40356

1.66

1.53

3.10

0.50

2×7

10.5

40357

1.90

1.74

3.35

0.52

2×8

12.0

40358

2.35

2.18

3.75

0.56

2 × 10

15.5

40360

Scana B, riveted stepladder with treads Versatile and pleasant to handle due to the anodised stiles. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Aluminium anodised riveted 80 mm 216 mm serrated Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.71

0.66

2.20

0.43

2×3

3.0

44203

0.94

0.87

2.45

0.45

2×4

3.8

44204

1.17

1.09

2.65

0.48

2×5

4.8

44205

1.40

1.30

2.85

0.50

2×6

5.8

44206

1.66

1.52

3.10

0.52

2×7

6.8

44207

139

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

Coni B, flanged stepladder with rungs Whenever you need to access great heights: the ladder offers flexibility with up to 20 rungs for working heights of up to 6.70 m. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Anti-splay mechanism: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

ZARGES quality flanging

140

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.22

1.20

2.50

0.47

2×4

4.4

40274

1.58

1.46

2.75

0.50

2×5

5.8

40275

1.78

1.73

3.00

0.53

2×6

6.8

40311

2.06

1.99

3.25

0.57

2×7

7.3

40277

2.34

2.30

3.55

0.59

2×8

9.0

40312

2.90

2.83

4.05

0.65

2 × 10

11.1

40313

3.46

3.37

4.60

0.71

2 × 12

13.3

40314

4.02

3.91

5.10

0.77

2 × 14

17.2

40315

4.58

4.45

5.65

0.83

2 × 16

21.2

40316

5.14

5.00

6.15

0.89

2 × 18

25.6

40320

5.70

5.54

6.70

0.95

2 × 20

29.8

40317

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

Crestastep B, wooden stepladder with treads The wooden painters' ladder that offers unparalleled comfort and safety. Stand without fatigue on deep treads. Low thermal conductivity – therefore always pleasant to grip, even when used outdoors in winter. Stiles are made of premium coniferous wood, and treads made of beech. Technical details p p p p p p p

Wood adhesive-bonded 80 mm 265 mm Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Material: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

1.25

1.19

2.50

0.48

2×4

8.5

40025

1.53

1.45

2.80

0.51

2×5

10.3

40026

1.81

1.72

3.05

0.54

2×6

12.0

40027

2.09

1.98

3.30

0.57

2×7

14.3

40028

2.37

2.27

3.60

0.60

2×8

17.2

40029

2.93

2.74

4.10

0.66

2 × 10

19.8

40030

Cresta B, wooden stepladder with rungs The reliable basic ladder for painters. Low thermal conductivity – therefore always pleasant to grip, even when used outdoors in winter. Stiles made of premium select pinewood, and rungs made of beechwood. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Wood adhesive-bonded 21 mm 265 mm Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.24

1.19

2.55

0.48

2×4

7.0

40104

1.52

1.45

2.80

0.51

2×5

9.0

40105

1.80

1.72

3.10

0.54

2×6

11.0

40106

2.08

1.98

3.35

0.57

2×7

13.0

40107

2.36

2.27

3.65

0.60

2×8

15.0

40108

2.92

2.74

4.20

0.66

2 × 10

18.0

40110

141

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

EFA B, GRP stepladder with rungs For flexible applications in electrical or chemical environments. Stiles and rungs made of glass-fibre-reinforced plastic for particularly high chemical resistance. Complies with the high-voltage test for ladders of insulating material in accordance with EN 61478 and VDE 0682 Section 6.5 Category 1/30 KV. Resistance to ageing in accordance with EN ISO 4892-2 Suitable for use in high-voltage environments (1,000 V AC, 1,500 V DC). Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

GRP 30 mm 265 mm serrated Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.32

1.27

2.60

0.48

2×4

7.5

41261

1.88

1.82

3.10

0.54

2×6

10.5

41256

2.44

2.35

3.65

0.60

2×8

13.8

41257

3.00

2.89

4.15

0.65

2 × 10

17.0

41258

4.12

3.95

5.20

0.77

2 × 14

24.6

41260

EFAmix B, GRP composite stepladder with rungs The ideal, particularly lightweight solution for work in electrical and chemical environments. High level of protection provided for working on electrical installations thanks to insulated stiles made from glass-fire-reinforced plastic. Complies with the high-voltage test for ladders of insulating material in accordance with EN 61478 and VDE 0682 Section 6.5 Category 1/30 KV. Technical details p p p p p p p p

Material: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Anti-splay mechanism: Load: Standard:

Ladder length m

142

Vertical ladder height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Stile depth mm

Aluminium / GRP flanged 60 mm 265 mm serrated Belt strap 150.0 kg EN 131 professional

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

1.34

1.29

2.60

0.47

2×4

7.8

41165

1.62

1.55

2.85

0.50

2×5

9.6

41166

1.90

1.82

3.10

0.53

2×6

11.4

41167

2.46

2.33

3.65

0.59

2×8

14.8

41168

3.02

2.86

4.15

0.65

2 × 10

18.8

41169

3.58

3.38

4.70

0.71

2 × 12

22.5

41170

Ladders/stepladders, double-sided access

Varioflex B, flanged stepladder with rungs and extendable stiles Special ladder that ensures safe standing even when working on uneven ground, on steps and overhangs. Continuous adjustment to the millimetre. Each individual stile of the ladder locks securely by the turn of a handle. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Load:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 150.0 kg

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Ladder length excluding extension m

Additional Additional Number of rungs adjustable range on adjustable range on ladder section support section m m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.40

1.30

2×6

12.5

41936

2.35

0.40

1.85

2×8

15.5

41938

Vario B, flanged stepladder with rungs, height-adjustable Multi-function ladder that can be used on steps/stairs, with pull-out function for safe standing at great heights. Ideal for working on stairs, in sports halls, etc. Convenient and precise rung-by-rung height adjustment in steps of 280 mm. Locks safely by means of rung hooks and locking tab. Technical details p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Overall width: Load:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 420 mm 150.0 kg

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Ladder length, extended m

Ladder length, retracted m

Working height m

Horizontal stabiliser bar m

Stile depth Base length mm m

Number of rungs

Weight kg

Order no.

4.05

2.40

5.15

0.80

2.30

4×8

22.2

41322

4.95

3.01

6.00

0.90

2.70

4 × 10

27.3

41323

6.05

3.57

7.00

1.00

3.30

4 × 12

31.4

41324

143

Step stools and work platforms – versatile, practical and compact.

Quick to move from place to place thanks to its low weight and size.

Ensures work safety with its safety bar with storage tray.

Exceptionally space-saving due to its ability to fold to a compact size. Provides a secure footing with its 230 mm deep treads.

Topmost permissible stepping surface

STOP

144

Working height

Information

Ladders/step stools and work platforms

Plazamax P, safety steps This tried and tested access solution is very compact when folded. Large steps for safe and comfortable standing, with rubber surface. Collapsible for extremely compact dimensions. Safety bar with practical storage tray, optional on the 3-step variant, attached as standard on the 4- or 5-step variant. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Aluminium natural 230 mm 250 mm with non-slip rubber surface 360 × 230 mm plastic 150.0 kg EN 14183

Material: Coating: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Storage tray: Load: Standard:

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Safety bar

Stile depth mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.45

2.45

0.48

3.9

41927

0.70

2.70

0.56

6.6

41923

0.70

2.70

0.56

Yes

8.4

41928

0.90

2.90

0.57

Yes

10.6

41926

1.15

3.15

0.60

Yes

12.8

41925

Accessories Description

Order no.

Castor set (possible from 3 treads)

41929

Plazatec P, safety steps Sturdy step solution with compact dimensions when folded and ribbed sheet metal for safe standing. Large steps for safe and comfortable standing, with ribbed sheet metal surface. Collapsible for extremely compact dimensions. Safety bar with practical storage tray, optional on the 3-step variant, attached as standard on the 4- or 5-step variant. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Storage tray: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural 230 mm 250 mm serrated 360 × 230 mm plastic 150.0 kg EN 14183

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Safety bar

Stile depth mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.45

2.45

0.48

3.9

41920

0.70

2.70

0.56

6.6

41673

0.70

2.70

0.56

Yes

8.4

41683

0.90

2.90

0.57

Yes

10.6

41684

1.15

3.15

0.60

Yes

12.8

41685

Accessories Description

Order no.

Castor set (possible from 3 treads)

41929

145

Ladders/step stools and work platforms

Plazatec P, safety steps The quick and flexible solution that can be folded to space-saving size for transportation Minimum space requirement for storage and transportation. Non-slip, serrated aluminium treads. Offers comfort and safety due to its large standing surface. Technical details p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural 230 mm 250 mm serrated 360 × 230 mm 150.0 kg EN 14183

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Safety bar

Stile depth mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.45

2.45

0.48

3.9

41920

0.67

2.67

0.48

6.6

41921

Plazastep P, safety steps The flexible alternative for safe standing and an optimum price/performance ratio. Collapsible for extremely compact dimensions. Large steps for safe and comfortable standing. Safety bar with practical storage tray, optional on the 3-step variant, attached as standard on the 4- or 5-step variant. Order no. 41493 and 41494 with castors as standard, for easy movement of the steps. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

146

Material: Coating: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Storage tray: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural 205 mm 220 mm serrated 360 × 205 mm plastic 150.0 kg EN 14183

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Safety bar

Stile depth mm

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.44

2.45

0.55

4.7

41490

0.66

2.65

0.57

7.0

41491

0.66

2.65

0.57

Yes

8.5

41493

0.88

2.90

0.59

Yes

10.5

41494

1.10

3.10

0.60

Yes

13.0

41495

Ladders/step stools and work platforms

Workmaster Plus P, work platform Extremely non-slip and comfortable: folding work platform with R13 platform surface. Improved safety even when working with oily substances or outdoors in icy or wet conditions. The standard version is also available with a wooden panel. Folds to extremely small dimensions for transport and storage. Technical details p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Load:

Aluminium natural flanged 65 mm 265 mm serrated 600 × 1700 mm 300.0 kg

Features

Platform height m

Working height m

Base area m

Dimensions when folded m

Weight kg

Order no.

R13 surface

0.70

2.70

2.21 × 0.74

1.77 × 0.74 × 0.17

19.0

42304

Wood lining

0.70

2.70

2.21 × 0.74

1.77 × 0.74 × 0.17

18.0

42303

Accessories Description

Order no.

ZAP castor set

41671

Guardrails

40042

Safety rail

42305

Workmaster P, work platform Improved safety even when working with oily substances or outdoors in icy or wet conditions. Extremely non-slip platform that meets the specifications for floorslip rating R13. Folds to extremely small dimensions for transport and storage. Two work platforms can be connected to form a large platform. Technical details p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Rung/step spacing: Platform size: Load:

Aluminium / powder-coated steel natural riveted 80 mm 250 mm 420 × 1200 mm 150.0 kg

Platform height m

Working height m

Base area m

Dimensions when folded m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.50

2.50

1.47 × 0.52

1.20 × 0.52 × 0.27

13.5

42329

Available from October

147

Ladders/step stools and work platforms

AMA P, modular work platform The modular solution for mobile or stationary applications: extendible from a step stool to a complete work platform in various heights. Modular design for changing or expanding configurations at any time – can be used as a mobile or stationary work platform. Lightweight for quick and convenient handling. Extremely robust, torsion-resistant, corrosion-proof aluminium alloy structure. Wide range of accessories for stationary or mobile applications. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural welded 250 mm 200 mm serrated 555 × 250 mm 150.0 kg EN 14183

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

04 Module A – single-step platform, no modular extension possible

Basic module B – double-step

Modules B + C

Modules B + D

Modules B + D + E

Modules B + D + E + F

Module A

Module B

Module C

Module D

Module E

Module F

2.9

4.8

3.9

4.4

4.8

5.5

Order no.

40261

40260

40262

40263

40264

40265

Price/module excl. VAT €

152.–

249.–

107.–

126.–

136.–

141.–

B+C

B+D

B+D+E

B+D+E+F

Working height, approx. m

2.20

2.40

2.60

2.80

2.99

Height of top platform, m

0.20

0.40

0.60

0.80

0.99

Overall platform depth, m

0.30

0.55

0.80

1.05

1.30

Total weight, kg

2.9

4.8

8.7

9.2

14.0

19.5

Possible modular system configurations Modules, individual Weight, kg

Module combination

Accessories Description

Order no.

Guardrails 1)

40267

Castor set 2), for frequent change of location, optional accessory for retrofitting.

40268

Floor bracket 2), for permanent mounting, offers extra stability and prevents the work platform from skidding. When 5 or more AMA modules are used, floor brackets must be fitted for safety reasons.

40269

AMA bridging module (1.00 m long) for connecting two AMA platforms to create a walkway that can be accessed from both sides.

40273

Can only be fitted for module D and above

148

1 set = 2 pieces

Ladders/step stools and work platforms

AFA P, step stool The basic lightweight step stool that offers high stability and a comfortable standing surface. High-strength, welded tubular aluminium construction ensures stability and long service life. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural welded 200 mm 200 mm serrated 577 × 350 mm 150.0 kg EN 14183

Platform height m

Working height m

Base area m

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.20

2.20

0.40 × 0.60

3.0

40031

0.40

2.40

0.64 × 0.67

5.5

40032

0.60

2.60

0.87 × 0.69

7.8

40033

0.80

2.80

1.10 × 0.71

10.1

40034

0.99

3.00

1.35 × 0.73

13.5

40035

Accessories Description

Order no.

Self-locking sprung castors (1 pack = 4 pcs.)

40036

Footplates (1 set = 4 pcs.)

40037

Handrail

40038

Seventec RC SP, riveted work platform Can be folded for space-saving transport and storage, perfect for outdoor applications. Extra-deep treads with perforations for draining liquids (for use in oily or wet areas) and textured surface to ensure secure footing. Reflective strips on the stiles to improve visibility in poor visual conditions. Technical details p p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Storage tray: Load: Standard:

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Number of treads incl. platform

0.66

2.66

0.67

0.86

2.86

0.69

1.08

3.08

0.72

Aluminium natural riveted 85 mm 218 mm RC tread 600 × 300 mm Aluminium 150.0 kg EN 14183

Weight kg

Order no.

8.1

40233

10.3

40234

11.7

40235

149

Ladders/step stools and work platforms

Seventec RC BP, riveted work platform The lightweight and comfortable platform for outdoor use. Quick and flexible to use. Extra-deep treads with perforations for draining liquids (for use in oily or wet areas) and textured surface to ensure secure footing. Reflective strips on the stiles to improve visibility in poor visual conditions. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural riveted 85 mm 218 mm RC tread 600 × 300 mm 150.0 kg EN 14183

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.49

2.49

0.70

2×2

5.2

40392

0.74

2.74

0.75

2×3

7.3

40393

0.99

2.99

0.80

2×4

10.2

40394

Seventec BP, riveted work platform Lightweight and comfortable platform with large standing area for quick and flexible application. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

150

Material: Coating: Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: Rung/tread depth: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Platform size: Load: Standard:

Aluminium natural riveted 85 mm 218 mm serrated 600 × 300 mm 150.0 kg EN 14183

Platform height m

Working height m

Lower, outer width m

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.49

2.49

0.70

2×2

5.7

40372

0.74

2.74

0.75

2×3

7.9

40373

0.99

2.99

0.80

2×4

10.3

40374

Ladders/step stools and work platforms

Workstand P, work platform Optimal stability combined with a large standing surface and easy handling. Rugged steel frame for great stability. Easy-to-handle thanks to the handle in the platform. Only sold in packs of 4. Technical details p p p p

Plastic / steel powder-coated 400 × 300 mm 150.0 kg

Material: Coating: Platform size: Load:

04 Platform height m

Working height m

Base area m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.40

2.40

0.62 × 0.52

5.0

40429

Bigfoot P, mobile step stool This versatile and flexible all-round stool is extremely stable thanks to its patented automatic locking mechanism. Ribbed, non-slip standing surface. Mobile version with self-locking sprung castors. Technical details p p p p p

Material: Vertical distance between each rung/tread: Type of rungs/treads: Load: Standard:

Polypropylene 215 mm serrated 150.0 kg EN 14183

Platform height m

Working height m

Diameter, top m

Diameter, centre m

Diameter, bottom m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.43

2.45

0.29

0.36

0.44

2.6

40918

151

ZARGES mobile platforms – comfortable and safe.

Ensures work safety with its three-sided guardrail with knee rail and toeboard.

Comfortable to stand on thanks to the 600 x 800 mm platform.

Secure footing

Quick installation

due to the 200 mm deep treads.

thanks to well-designed connecting elements.

Topmost permissible stepping surface

Quick to set up due to sprung swivel castors.

152

STOP

Working height

Information

Ladders/mobile platforms

Mobile access steps with platform, single-sided access, with aluminium treads and platform Safe and lightweight solution for flexibility when working: comfortable ascent, four sprung castors for stability and easy handling. Quick and easy assembly thanks to the new connecting elements. Mobile and quick to set up with four sprung swivel castors (two of which have brakes). Maximum safety through platform guardrail at a height of 1.00 m on three sides. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural welded 200 mm 240 mm serrated 600 × 800 mm 150.0 kg EN 131-7

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Optional double-sided handrail in compliance with EN 131-7 on the steps.

Platform height m

Base area m

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.72

0.77 × 1.27

28.5

41971

0.96

0.82 × 1.45

31.8

41972

1.20

0.87 × 1.63

35.0

41973

1.44

0.93 × 1.81

38.4

41974

1.68

0.98 × 1.99

41.8

41975

1.92

1.03 × 2.17

45.6

41976

Accessories Description

Order no.

Storage tray

41967

Pole barrier

41957

Handrail (treads 5 - 6)

41970

Handrail (treads 7 - 8)

41959

153

Ladders/mobile platforms

Mobile access steps with platform, single-sided access, with steel open-grid treads and platform The flexible access solution with open-grid treads for improved non-slip performance in wet-room applications. Quick and easy assembly thanks to the new connecting elements. Mobile and quick to set up with four sprung swivel castors (two of which have brakes). Maximum safety through platform guardrail at a height of 1.00 m on three sides. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Load: p Standard: Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Optional double-sided handrail in compliance with EN 131-7 on the steps.

Platform height m

Base area m

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.72

0.77 × 1.27

41.5

41951

0.96

0.82 × 1.45

47.5

41952

1.20

0.87 × 1.63

53.6

41953

1.44

0.93 × 1.81

59.7

41954

1.68

0.98 × 1.99

66.0

41955

1.92

1.03 × 2.17

72.9

41956

Accessories

154

Description

Order no.

Storage tray

41967

Pole barrier

41957

Handrail (treads 5 - 6)

41970

Handrail (treads 7 - 8)

41959

Aluminum/steel, galvanised natural welded 200 mm 240 mm Open-grid surface 600 × 800 mm 150.0 kg EN 131-7

Ladders/mobile platforms

Mobile access steps with platform, double-sided access, with aluminium treads and platform Maximum flexibility while ascending and descending, larger working area on the treads and four sprung castors for a high degree of mobility and stability. Quick and easy assembly thanks to the new connecting elements. Mobile and quick to set up with four sprung swivel castors (two of which have brakes). Maximum safety through double-sided platform guardrail at a height of 1.00 m. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Load: p Standard:

Aluminium natural welded 200 mm 240 mm serrated 600 × 800 mm 150.0 kg EN 131-7

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Optional double-sided handrail in compliance with EN 131-7 on the steps.

Platform height m

Base area m

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.72

0.77 × 1.51

2×3

31.2

41981

0.96

0.82 × 1.79

2×4

36.0

41982

1.20

0.87 × 2.06

2×5

41.0

41983

1.44

0.93 × 2.34

2×6

46.2

41984

1.68

0.98 × 2.62

2×7

51.7

41985

1.92

1.03 × 2.90

2×8

57.5

41986

Accessories Description

Order no.

Storage tray

41967

Pole barrier

41957

Handrail (treads 5 - 6)

41970

Handrail (treads 7 - 8)

41959

155

Ladders/mobile platforms

Mobile access steps with platform, double-sided access, with steel open-grid treads and platform The flexible solution for wet-room applications, with opengrid treads for improved non-slip performance. Quick and easy assembly thanks to the new connecting elements. Mobile and quick to set up with four sprung swivel castors (two of which have brakes). Maximum safety through doublesided platform guardrail at a height of 1.00 m. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Platform size: p Load: p Standard:

Optional equipment (see also page 174/175)

Optional double-sided handrail in compliance with EN 131-7 on the steps.

Platform height m

Base area m

Number of treads incl. platform

Weight kg

Order no.

0.96

0.82 × 1.79

2×4

59.2

41962

1.20

0.87 × 2.06

2×5

70.1

41963

1.44

0.93 × 2.34

2×6

80.7

41964

Accessories

156

Description

Order no.

Storage tray

41967

Pole barrier

41957

Handrail (treads 5 - 6)

41970

Aluminum/steel, galvanised natural welded 200 mm 240 mm Open-grid surface 600 × 800 mm 150.0 kg EN 131-7

Ladders/mobile platforms

Accessories Length mm

Order no.

400

41967

40301

Mobile tool pouch with different storage compartments. With shoulder strap for easy carrying. Highly flexible in terms of mounting options. Maximum load capacity of 15 kg.

Fits

Order no.

4-6 treads

41970

7-8 treads

41959

41957

As storage for tools and work materials. For attachment on guardrails with a diameter of 36 mm or 40 mm.

Tool bag

Order no.

Storage tray

Handrail

Optional double-sided handrail in compliance with EN 131-7 on the steps.

Pole barrier Compatible with mobile access steps with platform.

157

Special ladders for special requirements.

Double mount Large platform made of aluminium open-grid with the highest slip resistance (R 13).

for securely holding the underwing refuelling coupler.

Anti-slip ladder tread (R13) 80 mm deep perforations to allow liquids to drain off.

Flexible refuelling heights due to 160 mm deep double tread. Convenient to move thanks to two castors installed on the access section.

158

Ladders/special ladders

ZAP R13master S The universal platform ladder for all kinds of demanding applications. You can also use this ladder as a refuelling ladder to help you get work done quickly and safely. Our ladder is equipped with two removable mounts for securely holding underwing refuelling nozzles on the ladder’s access section. A stabiliser on the ladder’s support section ensures safe standing. The spacious platform (500x450mm) made of steel grating ensures maximum secure footing thanks to its R13 slip-resistance rating and design that allows liquids to drain off. 80 mm deep treads with R13 surface and perforations to drain fluids fast. Two antistatic wheels on the access section ensure easy ladder operation. Our ladders comply with the European standards EN 131-1, -2 and EN 131-7. Technical details p p p p

Rung/tread depth: Type of rungs/treads: Coating: Load:

80 mm R13 tread natural 150.0 kg

Single- and double-axle refuelling platforms can be found at www.zarges.com/air

Platform height m

Working height m

Stile depth mm

Number of treads

Weight kg

Order no.

0.80

2.80

15.0

40097

1.07

3.00

17.0

40098

1.35

3.35

18.0

40099

1.60

3.60

20.0

40051

159

Ladders/special ladders

Tanker ladder base module Safe access for servicing, repairing, filling or cleaning road tankers and tank wagons. Fields of application: Food industry, chemical and petrochemical industry, and rail vehicles. Possible platform heights from 2,770 mm to 4,100 mm. Simple height adjustment in 280 mm increments by means of two-part push-up ladder and a cable winch. Double-sided handrail on the push-up ladder for maximum safety when climbing. Easily moved by hand via chassis with two fixed and swivel castors. Our tanker ladders are extremely versatile due to the many options to combine the modules. You can combine the base module with the mandatory and optional modules of your choice. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Load:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 150.0 kg

If the existing modular system does not meet your requirements, we can also offer you customised solutions tailored to your needs.

Entry platform with two swivel castors

160

Height adjustment via external cable winch

Double-sided handrail on the access steps

Height adjustment in increments of 280 mm

Ladders/special ladders

Tanker ladder Overview of the equipment options for tanker ladders: Basic module – ladder: p Ladder, height adjustable via cable winch, 2-part, with support section and double-sided handrail. retracted / extended 2770 / 4100 591000

Vertical height, approx. mm Order no.

Mandatory module – guardrail: Two versions available: p Guardrail, round, ∅ 1,500 mm. p Guardrail, rectangular, 1,300 × 2,250 mm. Guardrail, round, approx. ∅ 1,500 mm Guardrail, rectangular, approx. 1,300 × 2,250 mm

Order no.

591004

Order no.

591005

Mandatory module – chassis:

Two versions with push handles are available: p Standard chassis with rigid stabiliser. Mobile, mounted on 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with brake. p Chassis with extendible stabiliser suitable for fitting spindles (adjustable range 200 mm) for optimum stability and levelling out uneven floor/ground surfaces. Mobile, mounted on 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with brake. Standard chassis Order no.

591010

Chassis with extendible stabiliser suitable for fitting spindles Order no.

591011

Dimensions approx. 2,370 × 2,333 mm

Dimensions, retracted, 1,270 × 2,311 mm, Dimensions, extended, 2,457 × 2,311 mm

Optional modules: Two versions with push handles are available: p You can choose between three different platforms in lengths 300 mm, 600 mm and 800 mm. p From a platform length of 600 mm onwards, a platform railing with double lifting barrier can be used. p An antistatic version is available as an option.

Optional module, serrated aluminium platform For platform length in mm Order no.

300 591020

600 591021

800 591022

Optional module platform railing with double lifting barrier Platform railing with double lifting barrier, platform length × 600 mm

Order no.

591006

Optional antistatic module Order no.

591030

161

Ladders/special ladders

Pole ladder Safe and effective working on poles of various heights through quick assembly and reliable fall arrester. The highest degree of safety through double-stile ladder construction and an integrated fall arrest system. Advanced fall arrest system ensures continuous safety, even during set-up. Low-wear attachment to the pole through the use of special fasteners (braided rope and stand-off bracket with plastic protection). High flexibility with regard to height (max. 20.00 m) and mast diameter (∅ 140 mm to 1,000 mm). The set-up time for a pole with a length of 15.00 m is approx. 10 minutes. Maximum permissible total load of 150 kg per ladder system/set. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Overall width: p Load:

Stand-off bracket with attachment piece

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 280 mm serrated 505 mm 150.0 kg

Height-adjustable upper ladder

Complete set Ladder combinations

Ladder length m

Overall width: mm

Stile depth mm

Weight kg

Order no.

3-section

8.80

505

40.0

55140

4-section

11.60

505

52.0

55141

5-section

14.40

505

64.0

55142

6-section

17.20

505

76.0

55143

7-section

20.00

505

88.0

55144

Ladder length m

Overall width: mm

Stile depth mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Single parts Ladder combinations

162

Bottom section

3.52

505

14.0

41916

Middle section

2.85

505

12.0

41917

Top section

2.80

505

12.0

41918

Ladders/special ladders

Maintenance ladder The free-standing solution for working at great heights of up to 12 m, safe-standing, simple height adjustment and castors for mobility. Height of top ladder can be adjusted with a rope. Locks securely thanks to automatic spring loaded pawls. Stable back hoop and spacious tool tray. Two stabiliser bars supplied as standard, with polyamide swivel castors (∅ 150 mm) and height adjusters (adjustable range 150 mm). Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Load:

Aluminium natural flanged 30 mm 265 mm serrated 150.0 kg

Large-area work platform (400 x 400 mm) Ladder length, extended m

Chassis with height adjuster

Ladder length, retracted m

Platform height m

Working height m

Weight kg

Order no. 41342

7.50

4.55

6.20

8.20

68.0

9.45

5.65

8.10

10.10

86.0

41343

11.40

6.70

10.00

12.00

144.0

41346

163

Ladders/roof ladders

Roof ladders Sturdy stationary ladder with rungs tilted at an angle to provide safe access to roofs of different pitches. Safe, square rungs with 2 differently inclined tread surfaces. Robust stile sections ensure 80 mm rung safety clearance in relation to the roof surface. Can be effortlessly geared to the length of the roof. Technical details p Material: p Coating: p Connection between stiles and rungs/treads: p Rung/tread depth: p Vertical distance between each rung/tread: p Type of rungs/treads: p Load:

Aluminium powder-coated flanged 30 mm 280 mm serrated 150.0 kg

Natural aluminium Copper-brown Brick-red Brown Anthracite grey Available roof ladder variants

Ladder length m

Ladder width mm

2.00

340

2.80

340

4.20

340

110

164

Number of rungs

Stile depth mm

luminium roof ladders available A in various colours

epending on the inclination of D the roof, either the flat or the angled side of the rungs can be used as a stepping surface.

Weight kg

Natural aluminium Order no.

Copper-brown Order no.

Brick-red Order no.

Brown Order no.

Anthracite grey Order no.

110

2.4

40395

40397

41391

41392

41395

110

4.0

40396

40398

41393

41394

41396

6.8

41237

40399

41235

41236

41397

Ladders/roof ladders

Accessories Safety hooks for pantiles and interlocking roof tiles

Order no.

Galvanised steel

40969

Copper-brown

40490

Brick-red

40970

Brown

40967

Anthracite grey

41399

Roof safety hooks for beavertail tiles

Order no.

Galvanised steel

41386

Copper-brown

40492

Brick-red

41387

Brown

41388

Anthracite grey

41389

Safety roof hooks compliant with EN 517 At least two roof safety hooks are needed in staggered arrangement to ensure secure fastening. For ladders up to 4.20 m in length, two loadbearing roof safety hooks are needed. One extra hook is required for each ladder section with a length of 2.00 m or 2.80 m; two extra hooks are required for each ladder section with a length of 4.20 m.

Roof hook for pantiles and interlocking roof tiles

Roof hook for beavertail tiles

Load-bearing roof safety hooks must be fitted centrally on the rafters. Smallest rafter circumference: 60 x 80 mm.

Weight kg

Order no.

0.3

41695

Weight kg

Order no.

3.0

40980

Order no.

Roof-ladder safety hooks For safely securing the roof ladder to the roof hook according to DIN 18 160/5.

Mobile ridge hook Galvanised steel hook, with 2 wheels. With the ridge hook installed, the roof ladder is rolled up to the ridge, where it is turned over and suspended from the ridge. Ridge hooks only accessible in combination with the roof ladder. Ridge hooks do not replace roof hooks. Holes must be drilled for assembly.

Gutter fastening

40999

For safe roof access. For secure fastening of an access ladder (e.g. a 3-part multifunction ladder) to a roof gutter. Can be used with stiles of up to 85 mm (1 set = 2 pcs.).

165

Accessories and spare parts – everything you need.

Safe ascent with the right accessories.

Tools always within easy reach thanks to various storage options.

Ensure stability with the right equipment. Add mobility using the optional wheels.

Information Prevent scuff marks using non-marking feet.

166

You can find optional accessories for customising a ladder to your needs on page 174/175.

Ladders/accessories and spare parts

Ladder accessories Length mm

Order no.

400

41967

Order no.

Storage tray As storage for tools and work materials. For attachment on guardrails with a diameter of 36 mm or 40 mm.

Stand-off bracket with tool tray

40100

For rung ladders. Max. wall clearance of 68 cm, min. 50 cm, adjustable in steps of 3 cm.

Order no. 40270

Order no. 40115

Order no. 40920

Order no. 40300

Storage tray for ladders with rungs Paint, brushes, screwdrivers – everything you need fits into this practical storage tray. Can be hooked onto the rungs at any height.

Bucket hook Galvanised steel. Suitable for all ladders with square flanging.

Hook-on tool box Handy plastic box that hooks onto all ladders with treads and rungs.

Tool bag Mobile pouch for cordless screwdrivers with slots for accessories Can be secured easily to ladder stiles with Velcro. Can also be worn on the belt.

167

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Tool bag

Order no. 40301

Mobile tool pouch with different storage compartments. With shoulder strap for easy carrying. Highly flexible in terms of mounting options. Maximum load capacity of 15 kg.

Trestle

Order no. 42132

80 cm wide horizontal beam with stoppers to prevent objects sliding off the sides. Can be folded to save space. The heights of all four feet can be individually adjusted from 60 cm to 90 cm.

04 Aluminium pull-out flooring Width approx. 0.30 m. Can be extended from 2.00 to 3.50 m. Can be used up to a standing height of 1,00 m. Ladder adapter For continuous levelling Levelling up to a max. of 110 mm. For outside ladder widths 300-500 mm.

Stile extension To compensate for height differences on uneven ground, steps etc. Easy to fit. Adjustable range max. 375 mm. Compatible with ladders with stile depth 48–73 mm.

Stile extension for horizontal stabiliser bars For ladders with horizontal stabiliser bars. Continuous adjustment up to a maximum of 375 mm. Easy to fit on to horizontal stabiliser bars.

168

Length, extended m

Length, retracted m

Width m

Weight kg

Order no.

3.50

2.00

0.29

18.0

42302

For stile depths up to max. mm

Overall width: mm

Weight kg

Order no.

680

5.0

41919

for box section stiles mm

Order no.

48 / 73

40922

for box section stiles mm

Order no.

41987

41989

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Pivot foot with rubber tread 125 x 50 mm

Order no. 40226

From stile depth of 58 x 25 mm. Support surface 125 x 50 mm. Can be used folded up as a ground spike. Scope of delivery: 1 piece, with assembly material. Holes must be drilled for assembly.

Pivot foot with rubber tread 100 x 55 mm

Order no. 40997

From stile height of 42 × 25 mm. Support surface 100 x 55 mm. Scope of delivery: 1 piece, with assembly material. Holes must be drilled for assembly.

for box section stiles mm

Stile outside dimensions mm

Length mm

42 - 85

58 × 25

1000

40251

42 - 98

58 × 25

1200

299848

Support width mm

Base length m

for box section stiles mm

Order no.

1200

0.54

58 - 114

40250

Length mm

Order no.

2000

40252

Order no.

Horizontal stabiliser bar for retrofitting Mounting on tapered ladders possible. NOT a spare part for ladders equipped with horizontal stabiliser bar as standard.

Wall support / base stabiliser Bolts to the ladder with 2 brackets. Non-slip and stable end caps. Mounting on tapered ladders possible.

Fastening chain For stepladders, instead of Perlon belts. Scope of delivery: 1 piece, with assembly material. Holes must be drilled for assembly.

169

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Gutter fastening

Order no. 40999

For safe roof access. For secure fastening of an access ladder (e.g. a 3-part multi-function ladder) to a roof gutter. Can be used with stiles of up to 85 mm (1 set = 2 pcs.). Ground spikes

Order no. 40939

Also suitable for stabiliser bars. Steel spikes with ground plate from stile depth 50-114 mm x 25 mm. 1 set = 2 pcs. (right/left).

04 Handrail Made of aluminium tube (∅ 25 mm) for self-installation with clamp, suitable for box section stiles of up to 73 mm.

Handrail, foldable Made of aluminium tube (∅ 25 mm) for self-installation using a clamp on top and a push-in tube in the side flanging. Suitable for box-section stiles with a depth of up to 74 mm.

Clamp-on stile extension Suitable for ladders with a stile depth of 73 mm. Can be retracted to save space during transport.

170

Handrail length mm

Height m

Suitable for single and shelf ladders m

Order no.

1270

0.20

3.00

41960

1990

0.20

4.70

41990

Implementation

Weight kg

Order no.

right

1.0

41998

links

1.0

41999

Weight kg

Order no.

1.8

40213

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Implementation

Order no.

right, angled attachment

40222

left, angled attachment

40223

right, straight attachment

40224

left, straight attachment

40225

Retractable stile extension for single-section ladders Stile extension available in two different variants. For angled and for straight attachment, depending on requirements. 1,300 mm with lift-off retainer. 1,100 mm pure stile length. straight attachment here 40224

Implementation

Order no.

right, straight attachment

40254

left, straight attachment

40255

Retractable stile extension for multi-section ladders 1,300 mm with lift-off retainer. 1,100 mm pure stile length.

angled attachment here 40222

Order no. 40450

Order no. 40998

Order no. 40960

Order no. 40390

Hook-on platform For comfortable and safe standing. Can be used on ladders with rectangular rungs and a rung spacing of 280 mm. Platform 275 x 260 mm.

Ladder holder, lockable Galvanised steel, incl. dowels and screws. Lock not included. (1 set = 2 pieces).

Tension strap Length 2.60 m. To secure the ladder in use and during transport.

Light Actively increases the visibility of ladders in poor weather conditions or in the dark. Compatible with ladders with steps/ rungs with square flanging. Battery life of up to 72 hours. Replaceable batteries (button cells).

171

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Reflective labels Increases visibility through reflection in poor weather conditions or in the dark. Can be retrospectively applied to a ladder. 1 set = 2 pcs.

Horizontal stabiliser bar with castors Ergonomic transport of ladders with horizontal stabiliser bars. Fits through doorways. Easy installation because it replaces the existing rigid stabiliser. Compatible with ladders with horizontal stabiliser bar and stile dimensions of 73 x 25 mm.

Implementation

For lower end of ladder. Scope of delivery: 1 piece, with assembly material. Holes must be drilled for assembly.

Sprung fixed castor For lower end of ladder. Scope of delivery: 1 piece, with assembly material. Holes must be drilled for assembly.

Hooks for ladders with standard rungs, treads and wide rungs Scope of delivery: 1 piece, with assembly material. Holes must be drilled for assembly.

172

Order no.

Flanged ladders

500

40156

230

40157

Seventec work platform

230

40158

Seventec ladders

500

40159

Bore spacing mm

Length mm

Order no.

395

890

40020

395

1085

40021

465

1185

40022

465

1000

40023

465

1200

40024

Order no. 41671

Castors for retrofitting. For adding extra mobility to the ZAP Safemaster S. For stile depth 58 mm.

Sprung swivel castor

Width mm

Riveted/screwed ladders

ZAP castors

Length mm

Page

Order no.

links

40220

right

40221

Page

Order no.

links

40218

right

40219

Support hooks for guide rails up to ∅ mm

Order no.

40242

40243

40244

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Support hooks for guide rails mm

Order no.

821700

100

821701

150

821702

200

821703

Support hooks for guide rails up to ∅ mm

Order no.

821704

100

821705

150

821706

200

821707

Support hooks for guide rails mm

Order no.

40058

40059

for box section stiles mm

Order no.

56 - 85

40231

98 - 114

40371

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

42 × 25

40309

48 × 25

40310

Special hook for ladders with standard rungs, treads and wide rungs Protefan-coated. Scope of delivery: 1 piece, without assembly material. Holes must be drilled for assembly.

Hanging hooks Retrofitting possible on all single ladders with square flanging. Simple clamping mechanism for fast fitting. Compatible with stile depths from 58-85 mm. 1 set = 2 pcs. (right/left).

Wall support For protection against unwanted pressure on walls or facades with external wall insulation. Larger support area with wall-friendly foam material. Easy installation thanks to Velcro fastener. 1 set = 2 pcs. Non-marking ladder end caps Protects floors from scuff marks. Can be retrospectively installed on ladders with push-on end caps. 1 set = 2 pcs.

173

Ladders/accessories and spare parts

Optional equipment for single ladders and stepladders To meet your specific requirements, we offer a range of optional accessories which we professionally fit on your ladder during series production.

Stepladders Examples of stepladders with castor assembly. Rigid locking bar

Folding bracket

Fastening chain

Ladder equipped with 4 sprung fixed castor (for longitudinal movement) or 4 sprung swivel castors (rotatable), plus 2 rigid locking bars.

04 Sprung fixed castors

end caps Antistatic

3 Ladder equipped with 2 sprung fixed castors (non-rotatable), plus 2 rigid locking bars.

Sprung swivel castors

Adapted to your specific requirements. Mobile variants For stepladders with single1

or double-sided access.

Description

Antistatic version The special ladder end caps are 3

conductive due to the addition of graphite. Resistivity 106 ohms, including identification sticker (order no. 28281).

Order No. for mounting on outer side of stile

inner side of stile

Sprung fixed castors, ∅ 80 mm (1 set = 4 pieces)

8100

8200

Sprung fixed castors, ∅ 80 mm (1 set = 2 pieces)

8101

Sprung swivel castors, ∅ 80 mm (1 set = 4 pieces)

8102

8202

Sprung fixed and sprung swivel castors, ∅ 80 mm (1 set = 2 pcs. each)

8103

8203

8201

Folding bracket

Wear-resistant, anodised bracket. Compatible with step ladders with treads and double-sided access. Implementation

Order no.

SaferStep ladders

8206

Order no.

XLstep ladders

8207

Stepladders and single ladders

8104

Comfortstep ladders

8208

2-part ladders

8105

Seventec ladders

8209

3-part ladders

8106

Access steps with platform

9120

Anti-static version

Horizontal stabiliser bar attachment

More stability for your ladder. Description Horizontal stabiliser bar

174

Order no. 8107

Theft protection

Compatible with ladders with square flanging with maximum tread/rung lengths of 560 mm. Includes three-digit combination lock. Order no. 8210

Ladders/accessories and spare parts

Single ladders Hook fitting

Top wheel assembly

Pole wheel assembly 6

Theft protection

Horizontal stabiliser bar attachment

04 4

end caps Antistatic When placing an order, you will require both the item number of the ladder and the item number of the optional equipment.

Hook fitting

Various hooks can be attached to the stile ends, for example to hook your ladder into a shelving system. You will find a selection of hooks on page 172-173. 8

Top wheel assembly

Suitable for single or push-up ladders. Equips ladders with wheels that do not damage wall surfaces, allowing for easy positioning and set-up. Description Top wheel assembly

Order no. 8110

Pole wheel assembly

Suitable for single ladders, push-up and rope-operated ladders. Ladders are equipped with rollers specially adjusted to poles, allowing for easy positioning and set-up. Suitable for poles with ∅ 150 mm to ∅ 400 mm. Description

Fits stepladders with webbing straps as protection against splaying. The Perlon straps are replaced with stronger steel chains. Description Fastening chain

Order no.

Pole wheel assembly for aluminium ladders

8505

Pole wheel assembly for GRP ladders

8506

Anti-splay chain

Order no. 9897

Rigid locking bar

Suitable for stepladders. 2 additional rigid locking bars for providing stability. Description

Order no.

Rigid locking bar up to 5 treads

8831

Rigid locking bar for 6 to 12 treads

8832

175

Ladders/accessories and spare parts

Plug-in end caps Note

Due to design modifications, it is necessary to take into account not only the ladder type but also the outside dimensions of the stiles.

Plug-in end cap For aluminium ladders with standard rungs or wide rungs.

Plug-in end cap For 4-section multipurpose ladders, order no. 40904-40906 and Varioflex B, order no. 41936-41938.

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

50 × 20

827000

50 × 25

824347

58 × 25

824350

60 × 25

829687

62 × 25

824486

68 × 25

824302

73 × 25

824352

85 × 25

824353

98 × 25

824354

114 × 25

824355

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

60 × 25

800140

Plug-in end cap For Plazatec P, order no. 41673, 41683-41685 and for Plazamax P, order no. 41923-41926 and 41928.

Plug-in end cap For Plazatec P, order no. 41920-41921 and for Plazamax P, order no. 41927.

176

Stile outside dimensions mm

Implementation

Order no.

34 × 20

front

800142

68 × 20

rear

800143

Stile outside dimensions mm

Implementation

Order no.

34 × 20

front

800242

68 × 20

rear

800243

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

58 × 25

800146

Stile outside dimensions mm

Page

Order no.

40 × 20

links

800295

40 × 20

right

800296

Plug-in end cap For Variomax V, Order no. 41930-41934.

Plug-in end cap For AMA P, order no. 40260-40265.

Diameter mm

Order no.

800144

Diameter mm

Order no.

800358

Plug-in end cap For work platform, rigid Order no. 42951-42953.

Plug-in end cap For AFA P, order no. 40031-40035.

Fits

Diameter mm

Order no.

41120

800497

41121

800298

41122

800363

Plug-in end cap For telescopic single ladders.

177

Ladders/accessories and spare parts

Push-on end caps Note

Due to design modifications, it is necessary to take into account not only the ladder type but also the outside dimensions of the stiles.

Push-on end cap

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

For rung ladders.

58 × 25

824409

62 × 25

824425

68 × 25

824396

73 × 25

824427

85 × 25

824428

89 × 25

824399

Push-on end cap For Variomax V, order no. 41930-41934.

Stile outside dimensions mm

Page

Order no.

66 × 31

links

800131

66 × 31

right

800132

Push-on end cap For order no. 41130-41131, 4119441196 and 42394-42395.

Page

Order no.

links

800325

right

800326

Fig. right

Fig. left

Push-on end cap For aluminium stepladders.

Push-on end cap For stepladders with treads with order no. 41050-41066.

178

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

33 × 22

824437

42 × 25

824424

48 × 25

824438

58 × 25

824439

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

75 × 25

800204

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Push-on end cap

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

50 × 22

800378

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

Push-on end cap

66 × 22

800541

For wood ladders.

Stile outside dimensions mm

Page

Order no.

87 × 18

links

800288

87 × 18

right

800289

For GRP stepladders with safety platform, order no. 40431-40435.

Push-on end cap For Seventec stepladders.

04 Fig. right

Fig. left

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

33 × 20

800268

40 × 20

800266

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

40 × 20

800426

33 × 20

800427

Order no. 800498

Push-on end cap For household ladders. Favorit and Z 200.

Push-on end cap for domestic ladders Order no. 44143-44148.

Push-on end cap For Telesteps stabiliser bars.

179

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Push-on end cap For order no. 44163-44168.

Push-on end cap For horizontal stabiliser bars.

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

46 × 23

800493

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

58 × 25

824242

73 × 25

824243

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

50 × 22

800239

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

55 × 20

800308

68 × 20

800309

Push-on end cap For horizontal stabiliser bars.

Spare parts, antistatic Note

Due to design modifications, it is necessary to take into account not only the ladder type but also the outside dimensions of the stiles.

Plug-in end cap, antistatic Resistivity 106 Ω, incl. identification sticker (order no. 28281). For aluminium ladders with standard rungs or wide rungs.

Plug-in end cap, antistatic Resistivity 106 Ω, incl. identification sticker (order no. 28281). For AMA P, order no. 40260-40265.

180

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

73 × 25

824321

85 × 25

824322

98 × 25

824323

114 × 25

824324

Stile outside dimensions mm

Page

Order no.

40 × 20

links

800344

40 × 20

right

800343

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

58 × 25

824475

62 × 25

824282

68 × 25

824283

73 × 25

824476

85 × 25

824477

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

58 × 25

824502

73 × 25

824478

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

42 × 25

824473

48 × 25

824474

Diameter mm

Order no.

125

803298

Diameter mm

Order no.

160

829590

Material

Order no.

plastic

800273

Push-on end cap, antistatic Resistivity 106 Ω, incl. identification sticker (order no. 28281). For rung ladders.

Push-on end cap, antistatic Resistivity 106 Ω, incl. identification sticker (order no. 28281). For horizontal stabiliser bars.

Push-on end cap, antistatic Resistivity 106 Ω, incl. identification sticker (order no. 28281). For aluminium stepladders.

Castor, antistatic Resistivity 106 Ω, for access steps with platform.

Wheel, anti-static Resistivity 106 Ω, for platform ladders, order no. 41201-41209.

Earthing/grounding strap For earthing scaffolding, access steps with platform, etc.

181

Ladders/accessories and spare parts

End cap Note

Due to design modifications, it is necessary to take into account not only the ladder type but also the outside dimensions of the stiles.

End cap For the top end of aluminium rung ladders.

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

33 × 22

824017

48 × 25

824150

50 × 20

800359

50 × 25

824160

58 × 25

824152

60 × 25

800169

62 × 25

824165

68 × 25

824162

73 × 25

824153

Rung cap Rung cap For order no. 41930-41934.

Implementation

Colour

with slot

grey

Order no. 800133

without slot

grey

800134

Implementation

Colour

Order no.

with slot

black

800323

without slot

black

800322

Rung cap For order no. 41130-41131, 4119441196 and 42394-42395.

182

Ladders/accessories and spare parts

End cap Note

Due to design modifications, it is necessary to take into account not only the ladder type but also the outside dimensions of the stiles.

Stile outside dimensions mm

Page

Order no.

links

824119

right

824120

Stile outside dimensions mm

Page

Colour

Order no.

links

black

824115 824116

right

black

links

black

824117

right

black

824118

End cap For single ladders with bolted treads.

End cap For stepladders with bolted treads.

04 Stile outside dimensions mm

Page

Order no.

links

824123

right

824124

links

824125

right

824126

End cap For stepladders with riveted treads from the Professional / Zaletta / Z 600 / Z 500 series.

Storage tray Note

Due to design modifications, it is necessary to take into account not only the ladder type but also the outside dimensions of the stiles.

Material

Length mm

Order no.

Aluminium

275

829798

Aluminium

322

800580

Aluminium

326

800581

Aluminium

334

800582

Aluminium

336

800583

Material

Length mm

Order no.

Aluminium

389

829820

Aluminium

404

800553

Storage tray Made of aluminium, for stepladders. Dimensions

Storage tray For order no. 41632-41635 and 40477-40479.

Dimensions

183

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Storage tray For stepladders with riveted treads and safety platform.

Storage tray For stepladders with bolted treads and safety platform.

Storage tray For Z 200 household ladders.

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

42 × 25

824131

48 × 25

824133

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

42 × 25

824135

48 × 25

824136

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

40 × 20

800311

Storage tray For order no. 44163-44168.

Storage tray For safety steps with order no. 4192541926, 41928 and 41683-41685.

Storage tray For plastic step ladders 40431-40435.

184

Material

Order no.

plastic

800451

Material

Order no.

plastic

800300

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

50 × 22

800434

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Page

Order no.

links

800293

right

800294

Seventec tray connector

Fittings Implementation

Order no.

without lift-off retainer

826148

with lift-off retainer

826040

Rung hook For push-up and multipurpose ladders.

04 Material

Order no.

Aluminium

821382

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

58 × 25

826250

68 × 25

826297

73 × 25

826260

85 × 25

826298

98 × 25

826254

114 × 25

826255

Stile outside dimensions mm

Order no.

73 × 25

826261

85 × 25

826299

98 × 25

826258

114 × 25

826259

Material

Order no.

Aluminium

809499

Lift-off retainer For attachment fittings.

Guide fittings For push-up, rope-operated and multipurpose ladders.

Guide fittings For rope-operated ladders.

Stop bracket Transportation lock for stepladders.

185

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Bracing For stepladders.

Spring-loaded pawl For rope-operated ladders. 2-part, inside width 370 mm.

Spring-loaded pawl For rope-operated ladders. two sections with inside width of 440 mm, Z600.

Spring-loaded pawl For rope-operated ladders. 3-part, inside width 510 mm Lower ladder order no. 40446-40449.

Spring-loaded pawl For three-section rope-operated ladders, inside width 420 mm, middle ladder order no. 40446-40449.

Spring-loaded pawl For rope-operated ladders. Favorit and Z300, inside width 370 mm.

186

Material

Order no.

Aluminium

820816

Implementation

Order no.

For aluminium ladders

808776

For GRP ladders

808778

Order no. 807434

Order no. 826686

Order no. 826687

Order no. 803956

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Spring

Order no. 823914

For spring-loaded pawls.

Buffer

Order no. 824276

For spring-loaded pawls.

Horizontal stabiliser bar Note

Due to design modifications, it is necessary to take into account not only the ladder type but also the outside dimensions of the stiles.

Stile outside dimensions mm

Bore spacing mm

Length mm

Order no.

58 × 25

325

745

823871

58 × 25

325

890

800543

58 × 25

395

745

823872

58 × 25

395

790

800544

58 × 25

395

900

800545

58 × 25

395

1085

800546

58 × 25

465

745

823879

73 × 25

325

890

800547

73 × 25

325

1085

800548

73 × 25

395

890

823877

73 × 25

395

1200

800542

73 × 25

465

1000

823475

73 × 25

465

1200

823981

Stile outside dimensions mm

Bore spacing mm

Length mm

Order no.

55 × 20

325 / 395 / 465

700

800307

55 × 20

395 / 465

890

800491

67 × 20

395 / 465

800

800304

67 × 20

395 / 465

900

800305

67 × 20

395 / 465

1090

800492

58 × 25

325 / 395 / 465

690

800552

58 × 25

325 / 395 / 465

990

800551

73 × 25

325 / 395 / 465

990

800549

73 × 25

325 / 395 / 465

1200

800550

Horizontal stabiliser bar Attachment with M8 screw. Other dimensions available on request.

Horizontal stabiliser bar Attachment with M6 screw. Other dimensions available on request.

187

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Horizontal stabiliser bar For platform ladders. Order no. 40063-40068 and 40073-40078 Hole spacing 625 mm.

Horizontal stabiliser bar

Stile outside dimensions mm

Length mm

Order no.

73 × 25

1050

807523

73 × 25

1150

807524

73 × 25

1250

807525

73 × 25

1400

807492

73 × 25

1500

807592

73 × 25

1600

807493

Fits

Order no.

41113

800466

41114

800467

41115

800468

41116

800469

Length mm

Order no.

320

800398

402

800390

422

800410

520

800425

559

800392

717

800394

Spreader with lock, right

Length mm

Order no.

For Seventec stepladders and step stools.

320

800399

402

800391

422

800411

520

800424

559

800393

717

800395

Length mm

Order no.

422

800400

439

800475

520

800402

559

800413

717

800406

854

800408

874

800396

For telescopic combination ladders and telescopic work platforms.

Anti-splay mechanisms Spreader with lock, left

Len

gth

Len

For Seventec stepladders and step stools.

gth

Spreader without lock, left

Len

gth

188

For Seventec stepladders and step stools.

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Spreader without lock, right

Length mm

Order no.

422

800401

439

800476

520

800412

559

800405

717

800407

854

800409

874

800397

Length mm

Order no.

Splay prevention (belt strap)

500

829729

For attachment using 2 loops.

555

827657

575

827548

675

827613

700

827885

705

827574

730

827605

750

827882

835

827675

865

827542

870

827670

940

827883

950

829736

990

827606

1030

827676

1155

827673

1320

827884

1345

829737

1405

827672

1440

827545

1550

827616

1725

827677

1740

827546

1880

827674

Length mm

Order no.

Splay prevention (belt strap)

620

827900

For attachment using 3 loops.

655

827902

735

827648

755

827901

780

827649

For Seventec stepladders and step stools.

Len

gth

Len

gth

Len

gth

805

827903

1105

827905

1345

827906

Length mm

Order no.

Splay prevention (belt strap)

236

827907

For attachment using 4 loops.

415

827908

600

827909

950

827910

1300

827911

Len

gth

189

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Splay prevention (belt strap)

Length mm

Order no.

For attachment using 2 rivets.

650

829669

750

827693

790

827607

890

827494

1015

827586

1155

827602

1250

827894

1315

827692

1355

827639

1450

827895

1600

827687

1700

827604

1795

827896

1835

827695

1935

827577

1995

827897

2060

827608

2360

827638

Length mm

Order no.

290

800333

440

800334

620

800335

650

800332

696

800338

780

800336

800

807292

820

800443

950

800337

950

803938

1000

800328

1085

800444

1150

803939

1185

807293

1270

803940

1280

800329

1325

807294

1330

800445

1435

800480

1455

800479

1510

800330

1620

803941

1635

807295

1730

800481

1800

803942

1850

800331

2080

803943

Len

gth

Splay prevention (belt strap) For attachment using one rivet.

04 Len

gth

190

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Length mm

Order no.

1200

827589

1365

827590

1680

827591

Splay prevention (belt strap) With eye bolt.

Len

gth

Splay prevention (belt strap)

Order no. 873900

Sold by the metre.

Length mm

Order no.

400

826790

657

821357

705

826791

927

821359

1142

826792

1255

821372

Length mm

Order no.

400

826793

657

821376

705

826794

927

821378

1142

826795

1255

821379

Length mm

Order no.

560

807502

1120

807503

Rigid locking bar, aluminium, left For Professional / Zaletta / Z600 / Z500 three-section multipurpose ladders. Length

Rigid locking bar, aluminium, right For Professional / Zaletta / Z600 / Z500 three-section multipurpose ladders. Length

Rigid locking bar, galvanised steel Z300

Length

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

800270

Brace retainer For rigid locking bars. Professional/Zaletta/Z 600/Z 500.

191

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Brace connector For rigid locking bars. Professional/Zaletta/Z 600/Z 500.

Bolt set For rigid locking bars Z 300.

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

860240

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

800302

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

800303

Hinge Hinge For stepladders with bolted screwed treads and double-sided access.

Hinge For aluminium stepladders with rungs.

Hinge For GRP stepladders with rungs.

192

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

820935

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

809021

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

820418

Ladders/accessories and spare parts For stiles

Order no.

73 mm / 68 mm

829761

Implementation

Order no.

Centre hinge

800122

Outside hinge 40906

800245

Outside hinge 40904/40905

800123

Implementation

Order no.

Centre hinge

820684

Outside hinge 105° and 180° latching

820687

Outside hinge 180° latching

820688

Order no. 820387

Order no. 820693

Cast hinge For stepladders with flanged treads and double-sided access.

Automatic steel hinge For multipurpose ladders with order no. 40904-40906.

Automatic steel hinge For multi-function and multipurpose ladders.

Automatic aluminium hinge For telescopic multi-function ladders with order no. 41930-41934.

Pin joint For order no. 4119441196, 41130-41131.

193

Ladders/accessories and spare parts

Castor and carrying axles Wheel

Order no. 826077

For the top wheel assembly of ropeoperated ladders from the Favorit / Zaletta / Z 500 / Z 300 series.

Wheel For the top wheel assembly of push-up, rope-operated and multi-function ladders.

Wheel axle for top wheel assembly

Colour

Order no.

grey / black

826082

Order no. 823316

Favorit / Zaletta / Z 500 / Z 300.

Wheel axle Professional / Z 600.

Castor ∅ 160 mm for platform ladders order no. 41201-41209.

194

Inside width mm

Order no.

300

823336

370

823256

Material

Order no.

plastic

826782

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

826815

Brake For castors meant for platform ladders with order no. 41201-41209.

Page

Implementation

Order no.

right

with brake

826844

links

without brake

826845

Load capacity kg

Implementation

Order no.

10.0

without brake

803751

15.0

without brake

803750

10.0

with brake

818029

15.0

with brake

818030

Sprung castor for platform ladders ∅ 125 mm with screw-on clip, for installation on stiles.

Sprung castor for platform ladders ∅ 125 mm, for installation on braces.

Sprung castor for platform ladders

Order no. 814125

Replacement castor with spring.

Replacement castor

Order no. 800238

For mobile step stools with order no. 40918.

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

809135

Top wheel assembly For shelf ladders.

195

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Replacement roller for top wheel assembly

Swivel castor for work platforms

Material

Order no.

plastic

824065

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

862734

Material

Order no.

plastic

809808

Implementation

Order no.

42463-42470

800320

42453-42458

800321

With brake, ∅ 125 mm, for order no. 53790-53795.

Rope pulley for rope-operated ladder For the Zaletta/Z 600/Z 500 range.

Miscellaneous spare parts Stand-off For Nova stepladders.

Tread (top) For Saferstep B.

Safer Step tread inset Sold by the metre.

196

Order no. 829765

Material

Order no.

Rubber

800530

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Material

Order no.

plastic

800237

Tread plate For safety access steps, order no. 41923-41927.

Securing rope

Order no. 827363

For platform ladders with order no. 41201-41209.

Material

Order no.

plastic

800324

Height adjuster For 41130-41131, 4119441196 and 42394-42395. Incl. rung cap.

Material

Order no.

Aluminium

800135

Material

Order no.

plastic

800352

Material

Order no.

plastic

824732

Height adjuster, cast material For telescopic multi-function ladders with order no. 41930-41934. Incl. rung cap.

Guide fitting For multipurpose ladders from the Z 300 / Z 200 series.

Rung slide piece

197

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Round buffer For multi-function ladders.

Inclination-angle indicator

Wall pad For single ladders, incl. attachment hardware.

Material

Order no.

plastic

824277

Material

Order no.

plastic

824369

Material

Order no.

plastic

809101

Material

Order no.

plastic

808930

Length m

Order no.

15.00

826506

10.00

826546

Wall pad For single ladders, incl. attachment hardware.

Polypropylene rope For rope-operated ladders.

198

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Implementation

Order no.

straight

824455

conical

824456

Implementation

Order no.

conical

800533

straight

800534

Bushing For all-GRP ladders.

Bushing For all-GRP ladders. Resistant to acids and bases.

Spare parts for access steps with platform Implementation

Order no.

8 x 20 mm

823867

8 x 50 mm

823868

T-bolts For platforms and steps.

Sliding block M8

Order no. 807354

Implementation

Order no.

8 x 17 mm

807777

Screw plate For mobile access steps with platform.

199

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Support for access steps

Support for access steps

Dimensions mm

Order no.

112 × 23

824256

Dimensions mm

Order no.

120 × 65

803366

Quantity

Order no.

829855

Quantity

Order no.

891209

Diameter mm

Order no.

828384

828385

Inspection labels and check sheets Sign For ladders and access steps, in compliance with accidentprevention regulations (UVV). Minimum order quantity 30.

Test sticker In compliance with accidentprevention regulations (UVV). Minimum order quantity 30. For the years 2021/2022/2023.

Year plates Minimum order quantity 30. For the years 2022/2023/2024.

200

Ladders/accessories and spare parts Quantity

Order no.

Price excl. VAT

800145

free of charge

Quantity

Order no.

Price excl. VAT

800519

free of charge

Ladder inspection form In compliance with accidentprevention regulations (UVV).

Spare-parts sheet for access equipment

201

Access/maintenance stairs and work platforms

202

Access/maintenance stairs and work platforms

Modular maintenance stairs and work platforms. Configurator for stairs and platforms

205

Platform steps

206–207

Stairs

208–209

Access steps with platform

210–211

Mobile access steps with platform

212–215

Bridging steps

216–217

Work platforms

218–219

LiftMaster U 220–221 Truck access steps

222

Work and de-icing platforms

223

Accessories

224–225

203

Maintenance stairs and work platforms – adapted to your requirements.

Various surfaces available Can be fitted with surfaces with an R10, R12 or R13 anti-slip rating.

Removable guardrails Quick and easy to release using locking levers.

Various widths

Available in widths of 600, 800 or 1,000 mm.

Mobile or fixed You can choose whether you want your access steps to be fitted with castors or floor brackets for fixed applications.

Standards used p EN ISO 14122. p EN 131-7 p EN 1090 (only for permanent applications). p TÜV certified

204

Ergonomic central brake ERGO Stop allows users to lock the platform steps in place conveniently via a foot pedal.

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/configurator for stairs and platforms

Creaxess steps and platforms – the next generation of an established system.

10 YEARS

NFIGU R ATOR

Whether it's access steps, bridging steps or platforms – next-generation ZARGES Creaxess solutions are always tailored exactly to your needs. Your benefits: p Easy to plan and configure. p Quick delivery and assembly. p Reliable installation due to a high level of pre-assembly.

All our solutions are certified by TÜV and are designed and made to comply with the requirements of EN 14122, EN 131-7 and EN 1090.

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.creaxess.com 205

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/platform steps

Platform steps Compact work platform with easy-going steps. Choice of stationary or mobile version (for moving quickly to another working position). Ideal for work over long periods, even with tools.

45°

Individually adaptable: p Serrated aluminium (R10) step and platform surfaces as standard. For illustrations, see page 210. p An antistatic version is also available for preventing the build-up of electrostatic charges. p Configurable up to a vertical height of 1,500 mm (from 1,000 mm with horizontal stabiliser bar for safe standing). p Installation options: Can be mounted on support feet (optionally without wheels) or floor brackets (for use as fixed work platform). p Equip your maintenance stairs with customised padding and protect your machinery and equipment from accidental damage. p Customised guardrail configuration on the platform, with optional swing door or pole barrier. p Maximum flexibility with optional handrails and guardrails that can be removed without tools.

60°

Advantages of ZARGES configurator: p Made to measure at no extra charge. p Helps you find the right solution. p Instant quote with drawings and 3D model. p Short delivery periods. p Quick and simple assembly with the ZARGES connection system with a high level of pre-assembly.

05 Castor for mobility

Stability through plastic support plate

Technical data

206

Angles of inclination

45° and 60°

Vertical heights with 45° inclination

400 to 1,500 mm

Vertical heights with 60° inclination

500 to 1,500 mm

Tread covering

Aluminium, grooved (R 10) Steel open grid (R 12) Perforated plate steel (R13) Aluminium open grid (R 13)

Tread width

600 mm, 800 mm and 1,000 mm

Total permissible load

300 kg

Maximum load per step

150 kg

Platform lengths

400 to 2,000 mm

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/platform steps

Platform steps A selection of preconfigured platform steps with a 45° angle of inclination. 45°

According to EN ISO 14122, single-sided handrail and guardrail are required for platform steps with a vertical height of 500 mm and above. Double-sided handrail is optional (compulsory when distance to wall is > 200 mm). Platform length 400 mm.

45° Vertical height mm

400

600

800

990

Base depth mm

951

1,151

1,351

1,541

Number of treads Tread width 600 mm Tread width 800 mm Tread width 1,000 mm Single-sided handrail Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

40855520

40855521

40855522

40855523

Order no.

40855524

40855525

40855526

40855527

Order no.

40855528

40855529

40855530

40855531

Order no.

42355301

42355302

42355303

42355304

Order no.

42355279

*for 2-sided handrails, double the order for clamping levers

A selection of preconfigured platform steps with a 60° angle of inclination: 60°

60° Vertical height mm

500

750

990

Base depth mm

864

1,008

1,147

Number of treads Tread width 600 mm Tread width 800 mm Tread width 1,000 mm Single-sided handrail Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

According to EN ISO 14122, single-sided handrail and guardrail are required for platform steps with a vertical height of 500 mm and above. Double-sided handrails are required for 60° inclination (compulsory when distance to wall is > 200 mm). Platform length 400 mm.

Order no.

40855540

40855541

40855542

Order no.

40855544

40855545

40855546

Order no.

40855548

40855549

40855550

Order no.

42355281

42355282

42355283

Order no.

42355279

Padding for installation on a platform, brace or chassis beam

Length of padding mm Order no.

200

300

1,000

41250

41252

41254

*for 2-sided handrails, double the order for clamping levers

Platform guardrails (guardrails and handrails must be ordered separately) For platform length in mm

400

Side platform railings Order no.

42355843

Clamping lever for detachable handrail/ railings

42355279

Order no.

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.creaxess.com

Front platform guardrail Clamping lever for detachable handrail/ railings

For platform width in mm

600

800

1,000

Order no.

42355892

42355894

42355896

Order no.

42355279

We recommend equipping the product with double-sided handrails in accordance with the German Equipment and Product Safety Act (ProdSG) and, for steps with platforms or maintenanceplatforms, all-around fall protection (e.g. guardrails). If the operator does not want to install handrails or guardrails, they must ensure sufficient and proper protective measures are in place.

207

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/access steps

Access steps Stationary access to buildings and machines. Individually adaptable: p Serrated aluminium (R10) step and platform surfaces as standard. For illustrations, see page 210. p Maximum flexibility with optional guardrails that can be detached without tools. p Stiles made from high-strength aluminium extrusions with screw channels for flexible assembly options. p Hook-on cantilevers, a set of hooks and support brackets allow the product to be integrated into a structure while remaining detachable. p Plastic support plate for floor bracket for fast removal of product. Advantages of ZARGES configurator: p Made to measure at no extra charge. p Helps you find the right solution. p Instant quote with drawings and 3D model. p Short delivery periods. p Quick and simple assembly with the ZARGES connection system with a high level of pre-assembly.

45°

Not compliant with DIN 1055 and DIN 18 065 (residential staircases).

60°

Wall bracket

Floor bracket

Technical data Angles of inclination

45° and 60°

Vertical heights with 45° inclination

400 to 4,080 mm

Vertical heights with 60° inclination

500 to 4,750 mm

Tread covering

Aluminium, grooved (R 10) Steel open grid (R 12) Perforated plate steel (R13) Aluminium open grid (R 13)

Tread width

600 mm, 800 mm and 1,000 mm

Total permissible load

300 kg

Maximum load per step

150 kg

208

Handrail and railing removable when required

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/access steps

Access steps A selection of preconfigured steps with a 45° angle of inclination. 45°

For these access steps, a single-sided handrail is mandatory according to EN ISO 14122; double-sided handrails are optional (required when distance to wall > 200 mm)

45° Vertical height mm

1,070

1,500

1,930

2,360

2,790

3,220

3,650

4,080

Base depth mm

1,117

1,547

1,977

2,435

2,865

3,295

3,725

4,155

Number of treads Tread width 600 mm Tread width 800 mm Tread width 1,000 mm Second handrail Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

40055244

40055246

40055248

40055250

40055252

40055254

40055256

40055258

Order no.

40055264

40055266

40055268

40055270

40055272

40055274

40055276

40055278

Order no.

40055344

40055346

40055348

40055350

40055352

40055354

40055356

40055358

Order no.

42355304

42355306

42355308

42355310

42355312

42355314

42355316

42355318

Order no.

42355279

42355278

42355277

42355276

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

A selection of preconfigured steps with a 60° angle of inclination. 60°

60° Vertical height mm Base depth mm Number of treads Tread width 600 mm Tread width 800 mm Tread width 1,000 mm Second handrail Clamping lever for detachable handrail/ railings

For these access steps, double-sided handrails are mandatory in accordance with EN ISO 14122

1,250

1,750

2,250

2,750

3,250

3,750

4,250

4,750

793

1,081

1,370

1,659

1,947

2,304

2,593

2,881

Order no.

40055204

40055206

40055208

40055210

40055212

40055214

40055216

40055218

Order no.

40055224

40055226

40055228

40055230

40055232

40055234

40055236

40055238

Order no.

40055324

40055326

40055328

40055330

40055332

40055334

40055336

40055338

Order no.

42355284

42355286

42355288

42355290

42355292

42355294

42355296

42355298

Order no.

42355279

42355278

42355277

42355276

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.creaxess.com

209

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/access steps with platform

Access steps with platform Stationary access to buildings and machines with platforms. Individually adaptable: p Serrated aluminium (R10) step and platform surfaces as standard. See below for illustrations. p Support section mounting element for use as a freestanding work platform. p An antistatic version is also available for preventing the build-up of electrostatic charges. p Customised guardrail configuration on the platform, with optional swing door or pole barrier. p Maximum flexibility with optional hand and guard rails which can be removed without tools. Advantages of ZARGES configurator: p Made to measure at no extra charge. p Helps you find the right solution. p Instant quote with drawings and 3D model. p Short delivery periods. p Quick and simple assembly with the ZARGES connection system with a high level of pre-assembly.

45°

Not compliant with DIN 1055 and DIN 18 065 (residential staircases).

60°

Serrated aluminium with R10 anti-slip rating

Steel or aluminium grating with R12 or R13 anti-slip rating respectively

Technical data Angles of inclination

45° and 60°

Vertical heights with 45° inclination

400 to 4,080 mm

Vertical heights with 60° inclination

500 to 4,750 mm

Tread covering

Aluminium, grooved (R 10) Steel open grid (R 12) Perforated plate steel (R13) Aluminium open grid (R 13)

Tread width

600 mm, 800 mm and 1,000 mm

Total permissible load

300 kg

Maximum load per step

150 kg

Platform lengths

600 to 3,000 mm

210

Perforated steel with R13 anti-slip rating

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/access steps with platform

Access steps with platform A selection of preconfigured platform steps with a 45° angle of inclination: 45°

For these access steps with platform, a single-sided handrail is mandatory according to EN ISO 14122; double-sided handrails are optional (required when distance to wall > 200 mm); platform length 600 mm

45° Vertical height mm

1,070

1,500

1,930

2,360

2,790

3,220

3,650

4,080

Base depth mm

1,730

2,160

2,590

3,020

3,451

3,881

4,311

4,741

Number of treads Tread width 600 mm Tread width 800 mm Tread width 1,000 mm Second handrail Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

40155424

40155426

40155428

40155430

40155432

40155434

40155436

40155438

Order no.

40155444

40155446

40155448

40155450

40155452

40155454

40155456

40155458

Order no.

40155464

40155466

40155468

40155470

40155472

40155474

40155476

40155478

Order no.

42355304

42355306

42355308

42355310

42355312

42355314

42355316

42355318

Order no.

42355279

42355278

42355277

42355276

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

A selection of preconfigured platform steps with a 60° angle of inclination: 60°

05 For these access steps with platform, double-sided handrails are mandatory in accordance with EN ISO 14122; platform length 600 mm

60° Vertical height mm

1,250

1,750

2,250

2,750

3,250

3,750

4,250

4,750

Base depth mm

1,407

1,695

1,984

2,273

2,561

2,850

3,139

3,427

Number of treads Tread width 600 mm Tread width 800 mm Tread width 1,000 mm

Second handrail Clamping lever for detachable handrail/ railings

Order no.

40155364

40155366

40155368

40155370

40155372

40155374

40155376

40155378

Order no.

40155384

40155386

40155388

40155390

40155392

40155394

40155396

40155398

Order no.

40155404

40155406

40155408

40155410

40155412

40155414

40155416

40155418

Order no.

42355284

42355286

42355288

42355290

42355292

42355294

42355296

42355298

Order no.

42355279

42355278

42355277

42355276

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

Platform railing For platform length in mm

600

Side platform railings Order no.

42355844

Clamping lever for detachable handrail/ railings

42355279

Order no.

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.creaxess.com

Front platform guardrail Clamping lever for detachable handrail/ railings

for platform width in mm

600

800

1,000

Order no.

42355882

42355884

42355886

Order no.

42355279

211

Maintenance steps and work platforms/access steps with platform

Mobile access steps with platform Mobile access or work platforms that offer comfortable ascent. Ideal for work over long periods, even with tools and frequent changes of working position. Spacious platform with guardrails to allow personnel to work at height safely and ergonomically. Individually adaptable: p Serrated aluminium (R10) step and platform surfaces as standard. For illustrations, see page 210. p Cantilever platform available for bridging obstacles. p An antistatic version of the chassis is also available. p Narrow chassis. The chassis width is reduced to a minimum through additional ballasting. p Equip your maintenance stairs with customised padding and protect your machinery and equipment from accidental damage. p Customised guardrail configuration on the platform, with optional swing door or pole barrier. p Maximum flexibility with optional handrails and guardrails that can be removed without tools.

45°

60°

Technical data

Sturdy connections

212

Easy to assemble thanks to a high degree of pre-assembly.

Angles of inclination

45° and 60°

Vertical heights with 45° inclination

600 to 4,510 mm

Vertical heights with 60° inclination

600 to 4,510 mm

Tread covering

Aluminium, grooved (R 10) Steel open grid (R 12) Perforated plate steel (R13) Aluminium open grid (R 13)

Tread width

600 mm, 800 mm and 1,000 mm

Total permissible load

300 kg

Maximum load per step

150 kg

Platform lengths

600 to 3,000 mm

Maintenance steps and work platforms/access steps with platform

Mobile access steps with platform A selection of preconfigured mobile access steps with platform, with a 45° angle of inclination: 45°

45°

Mobile access steps with double-side handrails and all-round guardrails; platform length 600 mm

Vertical height mm

1,070

1,500

1,930

2,360

2,790

3,220

3,650

4,080

4,510

Base depth mm

1,698

2,128

2,558

3,017

3,447

3,877

4,307

4,737

5,167

1,020

1,620

1,220

1,420

40255764

40255766

40255768

40255770

40255772

40255774

40255776

40255778

40255780

Number of treads Tread width 600 mm

Chassis width Order no. Chassis width

Tread width 800 mm

Order no.

1,220

1,420

1,620

40255784

40255786

40255788

40255790

40255792

40255794

40255796

40255798

40255800

Chassis width

1,420

1,620

Tread width 1,000 mm

Order no.

40255804

40255806

40255808

40255810

40255812

40255814

40255816

40255818

40255820

Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

42355279

42355278

42355277

42355276

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

A selection of preconfigured mobile access steps with platform, with a 60° angle of inclination: 60°

Mobile access steps with double-side handrails and all-round guardrails; platform length 600 mm

60° Vertical height mm

1,250

1,750

2,250

2,750

3,250

3,750

4,250

Base depth mm

1,453

1,707

1,996

2,285

2,607

2,896

3,185

1,220

1,420

1,820

1,620

40255704

40255706

40255708

40255710

40255712

40255714

40255716

Number of treads Tread width 600 mm

Chassis width Order no. Chassis width

Tread width 800 mm

Order no.

1,220

1,620

1,420

1,620

40255724

40255726

40255728

40255730

40255732

40255734

40255736

Chassis width

1,420

1,620

Tread width 1,000 mm

Order no.

40255744

40255746

40255748

40255750

40255752

40255754

40255756

Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

42355279

42355278

42355277

42355276

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

Clamping lever for detachable handrail/ railings

Platform width Order no.

600/800/1,000 42355275

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.creaxess.com

Padding for installation on a platform, brace or chassis beam

Length of padding mm Order no.

200

300

1,000

41250

41252

41254

213

Maintenance steps and work platforms/access steps with platform

Mobile platform steps with ZARGES Ergo Stop Mobile access or work platforms that offer comfortable ascent. Ideal for work over long periods, even with tools and frequent changes of working position. Spacious platform with guardrails to allow personnel to work at height safely and ergonomically. Individually adaptable: p Serrated aluminium (R10) step and platform surfaces as standard. For illustrations, see page 210. p Chassis available in a non-static version option. p ZARGES Ergo Stop – all four castors can be braked conveniently using the footpedal on the flight of steps. p Equip your maintenance stairs with customised padding and protect your machinery and equipment from damage. p Individual guardrail configuration on the platform, with optional swing door or pole barrier. p Maximum flexibility with optional hand and guard rails which can be removed without tools. Advantages of ZARGES configurator: p Made to measure at no extra charge. p Helps you find the right solution. p Instant quote with drawings and 3D model. p Short delivery periods. p Quick and simple assembly with the ZARGES connection system with a high level of pre-assembly.

45°

60°

Technical data

ERGO Stop braking system

214

Safe transition from handrail to railings

Angles of inclination

45° and 60°

Vertical heights with 45° inclination

600 to 4,510 mm

Vertical heights with 60° inclination

600 to 4,510 mm

Tread covering

Aluminium, grooved (R 10) Steel open grid (R 12) Perforated plate steel (R13) Aluminium open grid (R 13)

Tread width

600 mm, 800 mm and 1,000 mm

Total permissible load

300 kg

Maximum load per step

150 kg

Platform lengths

600 to 3,000 mm

Maintenance steps and work platforms/access steps with platform

Platform steps, mobile, with Ergo Stop A selection of preconfigured mobile access steps with platform, with a 45° angle of inclination: 45°

Mobile access steps with platform, with double-sided handrail and all-round guardrail; platform length 600 mm; ERGO Stop braking system

45° Vertical height mm

1,070

1,500

1,930

2,360

2,790

3,220

3,650

4,080

4,510

Base depth mm

1,698

2,128

2,558

3,017

3,447

3,877

4,307

4,737

5,167

1,020

1,620

1,220

1,420

40255014

40255016

40255018

40255020

40255022

40255024

40255026

40255028

40255030

Number of treads Chassis width Tread width 600 mm

Order no. Chassis width

Tread width 800 mm

Order no.

1,220

1,420

1,620

40255034

40255036

40255038

40255040

40255042

40255044

40255046

40255048

40255050

Chassis width

1,420

1,620

Tread width 1,000 mm

Order no.

40255054

40255056

40255058

40255060

40255062

40255064

40255066

40255068

40255070

Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

42355279

42355278

42355277

42355276

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

A selection of preconfigured mobile access steps with platform, with a 60° angle of inclination: 60°

Mobile access steps with platform, with double-sided handrail and all-round guardrail; platform length 600 mm; ERGO Stop braking system

60° Vertical height mm

1,250

1,750

2,250

2,750

3,250

3,750

4,250

Base depth mm

1,453

1,707

1,996

2,285

2,607

2,896

3,185

1,220

1,420

1,820

1,620

40255074

40255076

40255078

40255080

40255082

40255084

40255086

Number of treads Chassis width Tread width 600 mm

Order no. Chassis width

Tread width 800 mm

Order no.

1,220

1,620

1,420

1,620

40255094

40255096

40255098

40255100

40255102

40255104

40255106

Chassis width

1,420

1,620

Tread width 1,000 mm

Order no.

40255114

40255116

40255118

40255120

40255122

40255124

40255126

Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

42355279

42355278

42355277

42355276

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

Clamping lever for detachable handrail/ railings

Platform width Order no.

600/800/1,000 42355275

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.creaxess.com

Padding for installation on a platform, brace or chassis beam

Length of padding mm Order no.

200

300

1,000

41250

41252

41254

215

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/bridging steps

Stationary bridging steps Stationary or mobile platform for bridging obstacles or as a work platform with access from both sides. Spacious platform with guardrails to allow personnel to work at height safely and ergonomically. Individually adaptable: p Serrated aluminium (R10) step and platform surfaces as standard. For illustrations, see page 210. p Optionally with chassis for mobile applications. p An antistatic version is also available for preventing the build-up of electrostatic charges. p Individual guardrail configuration on the platform, with optional swing door or pole barrier. p Maximum flexibility with optional hand and guard rails which can be removed without tools. Advantages of ZARGES configurator: p Made to measure at no extra charge. p Helps you find the right solution. p Instant quote with drawings and 3D model. p Short delivery periods. p Quick and simple assembly with the ZARGES connection system with a high level of pre-assembly.

45°

60°

Not compliant with DIN 1055 and DIN 18 065 (residential staircases).

Sturdy construction

Floor bracket

Chassis available as an option in the online configurator

Technical data

216

Angles of inclination

45° and 60°

Clear heights at 45° inclination

280 to 2,240 mm

Clear heights at 60° inclination

380 to 2,630 mm

Tread covering

Aluminium, grooved (R 10) Steel open grid (R 12) Perforated plate steel (R13) Aluminium open grid (R 13)

Tread width

600 mm, 800 mm and 1,000 mm

Total permissible load

300 kg

Maximum load per step

150 kg

Platform lengths

600 to 3,000 mm

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/bridging steps

Stationary bridging steps A selection of preconfigured fixed bridging steps, with a 45° angle of inclination: 45°

Fixed bridging steps with one-sided handrail and a side guardrail, platform length 600 mm

45° Clear height mm

740

950

1,170

1,380

1,600

1,810

2,030

2,240

Base depth mm

2,431

2,851

3,291

3,711

4,151

4,571

5,011

5,431

Number of treads

Order no.

40355933

40355934

40355935

40355936

40355937

40355938

40355939

40355940

Order no.

40355943

40355944

40355945

40355946

40355947

40355948

40355949

40355950

Order no.

40355953

40355954

40355955

40355956

40355957

40355958

40355959

40355960

Handrail and platform railing

Order no.

42355974

42355975

42355976

42355977

42355978

42355979

42355980

42355981

Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

42355275

42355273

Tread width 600 mm Tread width 800 mm Tread width 1,000 mm

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

A selection of preconfigured fixed bridging steps, with a 60° angle of inclination: 60°

Fixed bridging steps with one-sided handrail and a side guardrail, platform length 600 mm

60° Clear height mm

880

1,130

1,380

1,630

1,880

2,130

2,380

2,630

Base depth mm

1,915

2,203

2,492

2,781

3,069

3,358

3,647

3,935

Number of treads

Order no.

40355903

40355904

40355905

40355906

40355907

40355908

40355909

40355910

Order no.

40355913

40355914

40355915

40355916

40355917

40355918

40355919

40355920

Order no.

40355923

40355924

40355925

40355926

40355927

40355928

40355929

40355930

Handrail and platform railing

Order no.

42355964

42355965

42355966

42355967

42355968

42355969

42355970

42355971

Clamping lever for detachable handrail*

Order no.

42355275

42355273

Tread width 600 mm Tread width 800 mm Tread width 1,000 mm

*for double-sided handrails, order two sets of clamping levers

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.creaxess.com

217

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/work platforms

Work platforms and gangways Fixed or mobile platforms and gangways for safe and optimal access to machinery and equipment – tailored exactly to your needs. Individually adaptable: p Optional access as steps, ladder or fixed ladder. p Brace-free design to provide space below the product. p Braced design to enable extended lengths and heights. p Fixed or with chassis for mobile applications. Flexible options for combining the modules by docking: C-shape

L-shape

Gangways

T-shape

Z-shape

Work platform with ladder access

Information from your ZARGES specialist consultant: Tel.: + 49 881 687-109 · E-mail: vertrieb@zarges.de Or visit www.creaxess.com Work platform with fixed ladder access and safety protection Technical data Platform module Vertical height

Braced, stationary or mobile

3,500 mm

Up to 3,000 mm

Up to 5,000 mm

600 mm, 800 mm, 1,000 mm

Serrated aluminium, steel grating, perforated steel plate, aluminium grating

Total permissible load

300 kg

Maximum load per step

150 kg

45°- or 60° inclination

Fixed ladder access

90° inclination

Ladder access

70° inclination

Tread and platform width

Tread covering

Step access

218

Brace-free, mobile

Up to 4,000 mm

Platform length

Work platform with staircase

Brace-free, stationary

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/work platforms

Height-adjustable work platform Mobile and adjustable up to a height of 4 metres. p Working in pairs: The platform's size and load capacity allow two people to work at the same time. p Manoeuvrability and stability: The swivel castors provide great mobility, and the additional slide-out stabilisers and levelling feet on the extension platform ensure stability. p Can be positioned over machines and commercial vehicles: The clearance of up to 4,000 mm allows you to reach great heights. p Height-adjustable access options: Select select a fixed ladder, push-up ladder or staircase. All access options can be flexibly adapted to the platform heights. p Optimised maintenance access: The overhang on the optional extension platform (fixed or foldable) offers even more flexible access. p Designed in accordance with EN ISO 14122. Space-saving configuration with fixed ladder

Information from your ZARGES specialist consultant: Tel.: + 49 881 687-109 · E-mail: vertrieb@zarges.de Or visit www.creaxess.com

Choose from the standard sizes or configure your own solution. Large

clear height mm

clear width mm

Platform size mm

Order no.

Base module L

1,500-4,000

3,600

3,690 x 1,240

40060000

Chassis

Order no.

Base chassis

40060010

(please select 1 module)

Extension platform (depth in mm)

for L for L

fixed 500

Chassis with height adjusters

40060013

for L

folding 500

Chassis with height adjusters

40060016

(please select 1 module)

height-adjustable access options

Order no.

Fixed ladder

40060020

for L

push-up ladder

40060025

for L

Staircase with adjustable angle (clear height up to 3,500)

40060030

for L

Medium Base module M

clear height mm

clear width mm

Platform size mm

Order no.

1,200 - 2,900

2,800

2,890 x 1,240

40060001

Extension platform (depth in mm)

Chassis

Order no.

for M

Base chassis

40060011

for M

fixed 500

Chassis with height adjusters

40060014

for M

folding 500

Chassis with height adjusters

40060017

(please select 1 module)

height-adjustable access options

Order no.

for M

Fixed ladder

40060021

for M

push-up ladder

40060026

for M

Quadruple-beam steps

40060031

Removable push-up ladder and folding extension platform.

Convenient access via an extension platform and a staircase with adjustable angle.

219

The new LiftMaster U – Get up to a working height of 4.3 m in no time.

Hand crank & alternative method of operation PPE attachment point

Working height can be quickly adjusted – no mains or battery power required. The lifting mechanism can also be operated using a conventional cordless screwdriver.

for your PPE (required according to EN 280).

Two-leaf safety door with spring-loaded hinges. Easy entry with all-round safety.

Padding prevents wall damage.

Smooth-running castors

Base stabilisation

with easy-to-use locking brakes.

with quick fold-out stabilisers with locking mechanism. Standards used p Max. according to EN 280. p complies with EN 2080, DGUV 208-019.

220

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/lift

LiftMaster U Get up to a working height of 4.3 m in no time. Work safely at height any place, any time – no mains or battery power required. Ready to use round the clock. Highly mobile thanks to its lightweight design (only 165 kg) and compact size. Technical details p p p p p

Platform size: Platform material Guardrail height: Load: Standard:

0.60 m x 0.70 m Aluminium ribbed plate 1m 120 kg EN 280

You can find a list of compatible accessories on page 225.

Easy to move

Platform height of up to 2.30 m

Easy-to-use front brakes.

Attachment point for PPE.

Platform height m

Working height m

Height, retracted m

Width, retracted m

Base area, stabiliser rod extended L x W m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.45 to 2.30

4.30

1.65

0.74

1.20 x 1.65

165

40002

221

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/access steps for trucks

Access steps for trucks Access steps for entering and exiting a truck safely, quickly and comfortably. p Removable guardrails: quick and easy to release using locking levers p Two magnets secure the access steps to the vehicle p Access steps remain stable even on uneven ground thanks to the adjustable height (from 1,170 to 1,400 mm) p Serrated aluminium surface (R10) as standard

Information from your ZARGES specialist consultant: Tel.: + 49 881 687-109 · E-mail: vertrieb@zarges.de Or visit www.creaxess.com

Technical data

Angles of inclination

Vertical heights with 45° inclination

1,170-1,400 mm

Tread covering

Serrated aluminium R10

Tread width

600 mm

Tread depth

225 mm

Handrail

Double-sided, removable

Attachment

using magnets

Order no. 40060040

222

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/work and de-icing platforms

Modular de-icing and work platform Stationary work platform designed for maintenance, de-icing work etc., for permanent outdoor use. p Optimum working height of approx. 4,800 to 5,000 mm (platform height 3,000 mm). p Brace-free design to provide space below the product. p All-round guardrail. p Tread and platform surface made of steel grating (R12) for optimum slip resistance. p Accessories, such as storage trays and tool bags, are available. p Including a carefully engineered telescopic scraper with holder for removing snow and ice.

Technical data Platform module

Base module:

Extension module 6,000 mm

Extension module 2,000 mm

Platform height

3,000 mm

Platform length

6,000 mm

2,000 mm

Base length

9,191 mm

6,000 mm

2,000 mm

Tread and platform width

800 mm

Tread covering

Steel open grid (R12)

Total permissible load

300 kg

Maximum load per step

150 kg

–

Step access Order no.

45°

–

43025

43030

43026

Base module with staircase

The ZARGES scraper is able to reliably remove ice, snow and dirt without getting stuck whilst being gentle on the surface being cleaned. p Ideal for use on truck trailers with tarpaulin or box body, loading ramps, lifting platforms, work and maintenance platforms, truck beds and much more. p The scraper has a reach of approx. 290 cm thanks to the "one-click" telescopic system. p Anti-slip handle provides a secure grip during use. p Frost-resistant down to -30°C.

Extension module with 6,000 mm platform length

Order no. 43029

Information from your ZARGES specialist consultant: Tel.: + 49 881 687-109 · E-mail: vertrieb@zarges.de Or visit www.zarges.com/en/zarges-de-icing-platform/ Extension module with 2,000 mm platform length

223

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/accessories

Accessories Clamping lever

Order no. 42355280

For conversion from fixed to detachable handrails and railings.

Order no.

Padding

40189

For protecting machinery and equipment from damage.

Order no.

Storage tray

41967

As storage for tools and work materials. For attachment on guardrails with a diameter of 36 mm or 40 mm.

Storage and retrieval tray

Order no. 41968

For attachment to guardrail with knee bar (tube diameter 40 mm).

Tool bag

Order no. 40301

Mobile tool pouch with different storage compartments. With shoulder strap for easy carrying. Highly flexible in terms of mounting options. Maximum load capacity of 15 kg.

224

Tread width mm

Order no.

600

42300055

800

42300056

1000

42300057

Tread width mm

Order no.

600

42300075

800

42300076

1000

42300077

Swing doors Available as standard for a platform width of 600, 800 or 1,000 mm.

Pole barrier Available as standard for a platform width of 600, 800 or 1,000 mm.

Maintenance stairs and work platforms/lift accessories

Lift accessories Weight kg

Order no.

40013

Order no.

Ramps For LiftMaster; aluminium, perforated. 1 set = 2 pcs. Load capacity: 350 kg. Length: 2.5 m; width: 30 cm

Tool bag

40301

Mobile tool pouch with different storage compartments. With shoulder strap for carrying comfort. Highly flexible in terms of mounting options. Maximum load capacity of 15 kg.

Weight kg

Order no.

1.6

40011

Storage tray Made of aluminium for LiftMaster U For attachment to the guardrail; with foam insert. Dimensions: 350 x 250 x 55 mm (W x L x H).

05 Weight kg

Order no.

0.5

40015

Connecting elements Length: 0.8 m to 1.0 m, adjustable, with carabiners.

225

Access/mobile scaffold towers

226

Access/mobile scaffold towers

Mobile scaffold towers – make light work of tough jobs. Folding scaffold units

230–241

Individual parts for PaxTower

236–238

Mobile scaffold towers with stabilisers

242–247

Individual parts

248–255

Spare oarts

256–257

227

Mobile scaffold towers – safer than ever before. First the railing, then the platform The future is "S-PLUS"! This is the name of ZARGES' advanced guardrails. In the past, after you installed a scaffold platform above you, it did not immediately provide any fall protection until a guardrail is fitted on it. A few years ago, ZARGES came up with an innovative solution featuring an advanced guardrail and a platform interval of two metres. This system allows a guardrail to be installed on the platform above even before anyone sets foot on it. After the revised EN 1004 standard had came into effect, ZARGES decided to mostly only offer scaffold towers with S-PLUS advanced guardrail because they do not compromise on safety.

S-PLUS Safer, faster, retrofittable. p Increased safety thanks to advanced guardrail and platforms every 2.00 m p Faster assembly due to fewer parts and easier handling. p Retrofittable on all mobile scaffold towers. p Easier to transport due to folding braces and low weight.

Information

Overview of mobile scaffold towers Variant:

Folding function

Description

single (0.6 m)

double (1.2 m)

Improved safety S-PLUS

Minimum requirement according to EN 1004

Page

Variomaster T

5.60

•

230

Workmaster T

3.00

•

231

•

PaxTower S-PLUS 1T

7.55

•

PaxTower 1T

7.55

•

232 234

CompactMaster 1T + 2T

3.50

•

239

CompactMaster S-PLUS 1T + 2T

13.65

•

240

MultiTower S-PLUS 1T

13.20

•

242

Stabiliser MultiTower S-PLUS 2T MultiTower 2DT

228

max. working height, m

Safety

13.20

•

12.35

•

244 •

246

STOP p Max. according to EN 1004. p Complies with EN 1004, DGUV 201-011.

Working height

Platform width

Access/mobile scaffold towers 1

High-precision fit

Highest level of safety

for enhanced stability due to the patented profile shape on the upper section of the push-on end frame.

thanks to wide, self-locking claws that fit perfectly around scaffold tubes.

thanks to advanced guardrails.

Extremely rugged

due to all-round welded joints between the rungs and stiles.

Highly secure

Can be used

on steps or uneven ground thanks to heightadjustable castors.

Quick to set up

due to automatic hinges on folding units.

06 3

229

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

Variomaster T For quick use and safe standing: folds to compact size and is quickly set up. Height can be effortlessly adjusted by just one person thanks to the self-locking mechanism similar to a push-up ladder. Can be easily folded to a compact size for transport and storage. Extendable stabilisers with sturdy height-adjustable foot plates for stability and for levelling out on uneven ground. Technical details p p p p p

Rung/tread depth: Guardrail height: Platform size: Platform material Load:

30 mm 1.00 m 0.50 × 1.95 m or 0.60 × 2.50 m Aluminium ribbed plate 150 kg or 300.0 kg

Folds to compact dimensions

Chassis with height adjuster

Platform height m

Working height m

Scaffolding height from/to m

1.25 / 2.46

4.50

2.31 - 3.52

1.90 × 2.30

1.81 / 3.58

5.60

2.87 - 4.64

2.30 × 2.85

Height adjustment

Base area, stabiliser rod Base area, stabiliser rod extended L x W retracted L x W m m

Ballast Description

Order No.

Ballast weight

42915

Easily collapsible due to folding braces

Weight kg

Order no.

0.80 × 2.30

92.0

53794

1.20 × 2.85

119.0

53795

Required ballast (number of weights) Indoors

–

Outdoors

Required for order no. 53794, 53795

230

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

Workmaster T Mobile and convenient: folding work platform with step access and central brake. Swing-up steps with treads 200 mm deep for comfortable and safe ascent. Flexible applications due to three different platform heights with just one work platform. Folding frame and pivotable steps mean spacesaving transport and storage. Technical details p p p p p

Rung/tread depth: Guardrail height: Platform size: Platform material Load:

200 mm 1.00 m 0.60 × 1.80 m glued plywood panel 216.0 kg

Platform height 720 mm

Steps swing up into transport position

Folds to compact size for transport and storage

Platform height 990 mm

Platform height m

Working height m

Height including guardrails max. m

Base area L x W m

Dimensions when folded m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.42 / 0.72 / 0.99

3.00

1.93

2.71 × 0.75

1.93 × 0.75 × 0.75

54.0

53796

231

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

PaxTower S-PLUS 1T Safer and quicker assembly and dismantling due to advanced guardrails and platforms at intervals of 2 m. One-handed operation of the folding frame featuring a sturdy lock button: Engage or release the lock with simple click. Patented toeboard unit: Quick to install. Smooth-sliding guides made of hard plastic: Prevent misalignment when connecting push-on end frames together. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Scaffold size: Stile diameter: Rung diameter: Claw type: Fits through doorways: Wheels with height adjustment: Wheel diameter: Scaffolding class: Standard:

1.80 × 0.72 m 45 mm 45 mm automatic Yes No 125 mm 3 (= 200 kg/m²) EN 1004

Platform sizes:

Working height m Scaffold height m Platform height m Platform size 0.60 m × 1.80 m m Weight kg Order no.

Base pack/ Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

2.55

3.55

4.55

5.55

6.55

7.55

1.65

2.65

3.65

4.65

5.65

6.65

0.55

1.55

2.55

3.55

4.55

5.55

29.1/38.3

71.4

79.5

108.0

114.1

142.6

53510*/53521

53522

53523

53524

53525

53526

* O rder no. 53510 (Base pack) by itself does not comply with the new EN 1004: 2020 (valid from Nov 2020) for mobile work platforms. The "EN 1004 add-on pack" (order no. 53550) must be ordered in addition to ensure compliance. Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

Ballast Indoor use Outdoor use

Order no. 42792

Number of ballast weights per swivel castor 1

Observe the ballasting requirements in the assembly and usage manual!

232

Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

Packs for PaxTower S-PLUS 1T

S-PLUS 1T packs

Order no.

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

53521

53522

53523

53524

53525

53526

Base pack

53510

EN 1004 add-on pack

53550

–

Stabiliser pack

53551

–

Toeboard pack

53552

–

53558

–

53559

–

42782

–

One-metre extension pack S-PLUS Two-metre push-on end frame S-PLUS Two-metre push-on end frame

Note: Please ask us about the delivery times and prices for other components or spare parts where necessary

PaxTower – components and accessories Swivel castor Plastic wheel, ∅ 125 mm, with lockable pin and brake. Delivery size: 1 piece.

Weight kg 1.3

Order no. 42790

Ballast weight (cuboid) Steel, painted. With clamps for attachment to stabilisers. Colour: Yellow.

Weight kg 10.0

Order no. 42792

Castor adapter Adapter that can be screwed onto a swivel castor (order no. 42790) to provide height adjustment. Adjustment range: 6.5 cm. Delivery size: 1 PU = 4 pieces. Weight kg 3.2

Order no. 42794

233

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

PaxTower 1T One-handed operation of the folding frame featuring a sturdy lock button: Engage or release the lock with simple click. Patented toeboard unit: Quick to install. Smooth-sliding guides made of hard plastic: Prevent misalignment when connecting push-on end frames together. Technical details p p p p p p p p p

Scaffold size: Stile diameter: Rung diameter: Claw type: Fits through doorways: Wheels with height adjustment: Wheel diameter: Scaffolding class: Standard:

1.80 × 0.72 m 45 mm 45 mm automatic Yes No 125 mm 3 (= 200 kg/m²) EN 1004

Platform sizes:

Working height m Scaffold height m Platform height m Platform size 0.60 m × 1.80 m Weight kg Order no.

Base pack/ Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

2.55

3.55

4.55

5.55

6.55

7.55

1.65

2.65

3.65

4.65

5.65

6.65

0.55

1.55

2.55

3.55

4.55

5.55

29.1/38.3

68.0

78.0

95.3

111.2

130.4

53510*/53511

53512

53513

53514

53515

53516

* Order no. 53510 (Base pack) by itself does not comply with the new EN 1004: 2020 (valid from Nov 2020) for mobile work platforms. The "EN 1004 add-on pack" (order no. 53550) must be ordered in addition to ensure compliance. Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

Ballast Indoor use Outdoor use

Order no. 42792

Number of ballast weights per swivel castor 1

Observe the ballasting requirements in the assembly and usage manual!

234

Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

Packs for PaxTower 1T

Order no.

Price excl. VAT, €

Base pack

53510

545.–

EN 1004 add-on pack

53550

Stabiliser pack Toeboard pack

1T packs

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

53511

53512

53513

53514

53515

53516

230.–

–

53551

436.–

–

53552

114.–

–

53553

531.–

–

53554

586.–

–

53555

198.–

–

53556

240.–

–

Order no.

One-metre extension pack 1T Two-metre extension pack 1T Two-metre add-on frame 1T Guardrail pack 1T

Note: Please ask us about the delivery times and prices for other components or spare parts where necessary

PaxTower – components and accessories Swivel castor Plastic wheel, ∅ 125 mm, with lockable pin and brake. Delivery size: 1 piece.

Weight kg 1.3

Order no. 42790

Ballast weight (cuboid) Steel, painted. With clamps for attachment to stabilisers. Colour: Yellow.

Weight kg 10.0

Order no. 42792

Castor adapter Adapter that can be screwed onto a swivel castor (order no. 42790) to provide height adjustment. Adjustment range: 6.5 cm. Delivery size: 1 PU = 4 pieces. Weight kg 3.2

Order no. 42794

235

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts for PaxTower

Push-on end frame Note

Push-on end frame made of aluminium tubes, ∅ 45 mm; rungs with non-slip ribbing; rung-stile connection 90% welded all-round, incl. two retainer clips (on the scaffolding – not loose!) as well as impact-resistant nylon joint pins.

Push-on end frame For all PaxTower scaffold units with a width of 0.72 m. Helps ensure safe platform access.

for scaffolding Height Number Weight widths m of rungs kg m

Order no.

0.72

1.00

3.3

42781

0.72

2.00

6.1

42782

Folding frame unit Note

Folding frame unit comprising one folding unit and two side sections; folding unit made of 50 x 25 mm aluminium sections incl. a hinge with release button. For side sections, see push-on end frame.

Folding frame unit For use as the base unit in a foldable PaxTower with a length of 1.80 m and a width of 0.72 m. Incl. pre-mounted castors.

for scaffolding Height Number Weight widths m of rungs kg m 0.72

1.64

17.3

Order no. 42780

Guardrails Note

Guardrail made of aluminium tubes ∅ 45 mm; Joints welded all-round. With self-locking claws (red) made of die-cast aluminium.

Guardrails For providing longitudinal protection. Attachment: from inside to outside.

Note

Height m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.48

4.0

42791

for scaffolding lengths m

Height m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.48

5.7

42783

Guardrails made of aluminium tubes ∅ 45 mm; Joints welded all-round. With self-locking claws (grey) made of diecast aluminium.

Advanced guardrail For providing longitudinal protection. For PaxTower S-PLUS mobile scaffold towers.

236

for scaffolding lengths m

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts for PaxTower

Braces (horizontal and diagonal) Note

Braces (horizontal and diagonal), ∅ 45 mm, with self-locking claws made of diecast aluminium.

for scaffolding lengths m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

1.8

42788

Horizontal brace For bracing the lower scaffolding section. Colour of claws: red.

for scaffolding lengths m

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

2.00

2.2

42787

Diagonal brace For bracing the push-on end frames. Colour of claws: Grey.

Platform Note

Platforms made of an all-round welded, torsion-resistant aluminium frame and a 9 mm thick plywood panel; with anti-slip surface and 4 claws, 2 of which with protection against wind uplift.

for scaffolding lengths m

Width m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.60

11.0

42784

Platform with trapdoor With locking mechanism for secure standing on rest and work platforms.

Toeboard Note

Toeboards made of impact-resistant PVC, with metal hooks for easy installation on a platform as well as grooves for slotting in side toeboards made of 2.5 cm thick spruce wood.

for scaffolding lengths m

Height m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.15

3.7

42786

for scaffolding widths m

Height m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.72

0.15

0.9

42785

Side toeboard For providing longitudinal protection on the work platform. Untreated spruce wood.

End toeboard For securing the short edges of a work platform, incl. metal hooks for installation. Colour: grey with logo sticker.

237

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts for PaxTower

Stabiliser Triangular stabiliser Made of aluminium tubes, ∅ 45 mm, with durable plastic foot. With couplings for fastening to the stile.

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

2.00

3.5

42789

Castors and adapters Swivel castor Plastic wheel, ∅ 125 mm, with lockable pin and brake. Delivery size: 1 piece. Fits all PaxTower scaffold units.

Castor adapter Adapter that can be screwed onto a swivel castor (order no. 42790) to provide height adjustment. Adjustment range: + 6.5 cm. Delivery size: 1 PU = 4 pieces.

Wheel diameter mm

Weight kg

Load capacity kg

Order no.

125

1.3

350.0

42790

Weight kg

Order no.

3.2

42794

Ballast Note

Please always refer to the assembly and usage instructions for the correct ballasting. The ballasting requirement depends on where the scaffold tower is set up (outdoors or indoors).

Ballast weight (cuboid) Steel, painted. With clamps for attachment to the triangular stabilisers. Colour: Yellow.

238

Weight kg

Order no.

10.0

42792

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

CompactMaster 1T and 2T base packs The base packs for expanding up to a working height of 13.55 m. Foldable base module for rapid erection and dismantling. Minimal space requirement during transport and storage (dimensions when folded only 0.25 x 0.85 m). Technical details p p p p p

Scaffold size: Stile diameter: Rung diameter: Claw type: Wheels with height adjustment: p Wheel diameter: p Scaffolding class:

1.80 × 0.85 m; 1.80 × 1.45 m 50 mm 50 mm automatic No 125 mm 3 (= 200 kg/m²) 0.60 × 1.80

Order no.

53400

42948

42931

–

42932

42959

Parts list

Order no.

Folding frame unit

42947

Platform with trapdoor

42931

Platform without trapdoor Swivel castor with pin Ballast weights Indoor use Outdoor use

1.20 × 1.80 m

53300

Working height1

2.95

Platform size

per swivel castor; for mounting on stabilisers 42912

0 0

42912

Platform sizes:

0 0

The base packs do not comply with the new EN 1004:2020. See the next page for scaffold units that are compliant. Observe the ballasting requirements in the assembly and usage manual!

Working height m Scaffold height m Platform height m Weight kg Order no.

2.95

1.65

0.95

Platform size 0.60 × 1.80

Platform size 1.20 × 1.80

35.8

52.8

53300

53400

Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

239

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

CompactMaster S-PLUS 1T and 2T The top-selling folding scaffold unit is now available with advanced guardrail and two-metre vertical clearance between platforms for safe and fast erection. Foldable base module for rapid erection and dismantling. Technical details p p p p p

Scaffold size: Stile diameter: Rung diameter: Claw type: Wheels with height adjustment: p Wheel diameter: p Scaffolding class: p Standard:

1.80 × 0.85 m; 1.80 × 1.45 m 50 mm 50 mm automatic Yes 150 mm 3 (= 200 kg/m²) EN 1004

Platform sizes:

Working height m

3.75

4.60

5.70

6.55

7.65

Scaffold height m

3.00

3.85

4.95

5.80

6.90

Platform height m

1.75

2.60

3.70

4.55

5.65

Weight kg

105.8

123.6

147.8

165.6

189.8

Order no.

53099

53121

53131

53141

53151

Platform size 0.60 × 1.80

Platform size 1.20 × 1.80 Weight kg

108.1

161.4

189.4

225.0

250.7

Order no.

53199

53221

53231

53241

53251

Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

240

Mobile scaffold towers/folding scaffold units

5.70

6.55

7.65

8.50

9.60

53231

53241

53251

53261

53271

53281 10.45

53211 13.55

4.60 53221

53201 12.40

3.75 53199

–

42902

–

42901

–

Order no.

53291 11.60

53181 10.45

9.60 53171

–

8.50 53161

7.65 53151

–

6.55 53141

42904

5.70 53131

42905

Push-on end frame, 2.00 m

4.60 53121

Push-on end frame, 1.00 m

3.75

Order no.

53099

Parts list

Working height1

53111 13.55

1.20 × 1.80 53101 12.40

0.60 × 1.80 m

53191 11.60

Platform size

Folding frame unit

42947

42948

Advanced guardrail

42837

Base braces for scaffold towers with stabilisers

42886

–

42886

–

Horizontal brace

42935

–

42935

–

Diagonal brace

42937

–

42937

–

Platform with trapdoor

42931

Platform without trapdoor

42932

–

42932

End toeboard

42913

42911

Side toeboard

42943

Triangular stabiliser S-PLUS

42850

–

Swivel castor with height adjuster, ∅ 150 mm

42755

Stirrup step

42832

–

42832

–

Ballast weights Indoor use

per swivel castor; for mounting on stabilisers 42912

Outdoor use

42912

¹) With swivel castors (order no. 42755) fully extended; adjustment range: 12.5 cm. Observe the ballasting requirements in the assembly and usage manual! x: not permissible!

8.50

9.60

10.45

11.60

12.40

13.55

7.75

8.90

9.70

10.85

11.70

12.80

6.50

7.60

8.40

9.60

10.40

11.55

216.0

231.8

249.6

273.8

291.6

315.8

53161

53171

53181

53191

53101

53111

284.0

312.0

345.3

373.3

406.6

434.6

53261

53271

53281

53291

53201

53211

241

Mobile scaffold towers/with stabilisers

MultiTower S-PLUS 1T The mobile scaffolding solution for quick and safe erection thanks to advanced guardrails, two-metre vertical clearance between platforms and fewer individual parts. Technical details p p p p p

Scaffold size: Stile diameter: Rung diameter: Claw type: Wheels with height adjustment: p Wheel diameter: p Scaffolding class: p Standard:

1.80 × 0.75 m; 2.50 × 0.75 m 50 mm 50 mm automatic Yes 200 mm 3 (= 200 kg/m²) EN 1004

Platform sizes:

Working height m

3.40

4.50

5.35

6.45

7.30

Scaffold height m

2.65

3.75

4.60

5.70

6.55

Platform height m

1.40

2.50

3.35

4.45

5.30

Weight kg

95.2

117.8

145.4

158.6

186.2

Order no.

52225

52235

52245

52255

52265

Platform size 0.60 × 1.80

Platform size 0.60 × 2.50 Weight kg

105.9

132.5

168.8

182.8

219.1

Order no.

52226

52236

52246

52256

52266

Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

242

Mobile scaffold towers/with stabilisers

42886

–

52326 13.20

52316 12.35

52306 11.20

52296 10.40

42837

9.25

Advanced guardrail Base braces for scaffold towers with stabilisers

52286

8.40

52276

–

7.30

52266

–

6.45

52256

–

5.35

52246

–

4.50

Order no.

52236

–

42904

3.40

42905

Push-on end frame, 2.00 m

52226

Push-on end frame, 1.00 m

52325 13.20

52315 12.35

52305 11.20

52285

52295 10.40

52275

9.25

52265

8.40

52255

7.30

Order no.

52245

6.45

Parts list

52235

3.40

0.60 × 2.50

52225

Working height1

5.35

0.60 × 1.80 m

4.50

Platform size

–

42905

–

42904

42838

42887

–

Horizontal brace

42935

–

42907

–

Diagonal brace

42937

–

42908

–

Platform with trapdoor

42931

42910

End toeboard

42913

Side toeboard

42943

42914

Triangular stabiliser S-PLUS

42850

Swivel castor with height adjuster, ∅ 200 mm

42917

Stirrup step

42832

Ballast weights Indoor use

per swivel castor; for mounting on stabilisers 42912

Outdoor use

42912

¹) With swivel castors (order no. 42917) fully extended. Adjustment range: 30 cm Observe the ballasting requirements in the assembly and usage manual! x: not permissible!

8.40

9.25

10.40

11.20

12.35

13.20

7.65

8.50

9.65

10.45

11.60

12.45

6.40

7.25

8.40

9.20

10.35

11.20

199.4

234.6

247.8

275.4

288.6

316.2

52275

52285

52295

52305

52315

52325

233.1

277.8

291.8

328.1

342.1

378.4

52276

52286

52296

52306

52316

52326

243

Mobile scaffold towers/with stabilisers

MultiTower S-PLUS 2T Maximum working area, safe and quick erection through advanced guardrail, low platform spacing and fewer single parts. Safe and quick assembly and dismantling thanks to advanced guardrail (instead of railings and diagonal braces) and platforms at intervals of 2 m. Technical details p p p p p

Scaffold size: Stile diameter: Rung diameter: Claw type: Wheels with height adjustment: p Wheel diameter: p Scaffolding class: p Standard:

1.80 × 1.35 m; 2.50 × 1.35 m 50 mm 50 mm automatic Yes 200 mm 3 (= 200 kg/m²) EN 1004

Platform sizes:

Working height m

3.40

4.50

5.35

6.45

7.30

Scaffold height m

2.65

3.75

4.60

5.70

6.55

Platform height m

1.40

2.50

3.35

4.45

5.30

Platform size 1.20 × 1.80 Weight kg

105.6

140.7

190.5

197.1

242.5

Order no.

52425

52435

52445

52455

52465

Platform size 1.20 × 2.50 Weight kg

124.0

161.8

218.4

236.2

292.8

Order no.

52426

52436

52446

52456

52466

Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

244

Mobile scaffold towers/with stabilisers

42886

–

52526 13.20

52516 12.35

52506 11.20

52496 10.40

42837

9.25

Advanced guardrail Base braces for scaffold towers with stabilisers

52486

8.40

52476

–

7.30

52466

–

6.45

52456

–

5.35

52446

–

4.50

Order no.

52436

–

42901

3.40

42902

Push-on end frame, 2.00 m

52426

Push-on end frame, 1.00 m

52525 13.20

52515 12.35

52505 11.20

52485

52495 10.40

52475

9.25

52465

8.40

52455

7.30

Order no.

52445

6.45

Parts list

52435

3.40

1.20 × 2.50

52425

Working height1

5.35

1.20 × 1.80 m

4.50

Platform size

–

42902

–

42901

42838

42887

–

Horizontal brace

42935

–

42907

–

Diagonal brace

42937

–

42908

–

Platform with trapdoor

42931

42910

Platform without trapdoor

42932

42930

End toeboard

42911

Side toeboard

42943

42914

Triangular stabiliser S-PLUS

42850

–

42850

–

Swivel castor with height adjuster, ∅ 200 mm

42917

Stirrup step

42832

Ballast weights Indoor use

per swivel castor; for mounting on stabilisers 42912

Outdoor use

42912

¹) With swivel castors (order no. 42917) fully extended. Adjustment range: 30 cm Observe the ballasting requirements in the assembly and usage manual! x: not permissible!

8.40

9.25

10.40

11.20

12.35

13.20

7.65

8.50

9.65

10.45

11.60

12.45

6.40

7.25

8.40

9.20

10.35

11.20

248.5

293.9

300.5

345.9

352.5

397.9

52475

52485

52495

52505

52515

52525

319.0

375.6

393.4

450.0

467.8

524.4

52476

52486

52496

52506

52516

52526

245

Mobile scaffold towers/with stabilisers

MultiTower 2DT Spacious steps for comfortable ascent and descent, safe standing even when working at great heights. The wide entry frame allows personnel to enter the scaffold tower comfortably. Staircases with 100-mm-deep anti-slip treads and bottom landing. Technical details p p p p p

Scaffold size: Stile diameter: Rung diameter: Claw type: Wheels with height adjustment: p Wheel diameter: p Scaffolding class: p Standard:

1.80 × 1.35 m; 2.50 × 1.35 m 50 mm 50 mm automatic Yes 200 mm 3 (= 200 kg/m²) EN 1004

Platform sizes:

Working height m

4.50

6.45

Scaffold height m

3.50

5.45

Platform height m

2.50

4.45

Weight kg

123.7

206.2

Order no.

53023

53043

Platform size 1.20 × 1.80

Platform size 1.20 × 2.50 Weight kg

143.4

236.9

Order no.

53024

53044

Ballast weights not included in the scope of delivery.

246

Mobile scaffold towers/with stabilisers

53004 12.35

8.40 53064

53084 10.40

6.45 53044

Order no.

4.50

53024

53003 12.35

1.20 × 2.50 53083 10.40

8.40 53063

53043

Order no.

Parts list

53023

Working height1

6.45

1.20 × 1.80 m

4.50

Platform size

Push-on end frame, 2.00 m

42901

Push-on end frame, 1.35 m with opening

42928

Guardrails

42955

42956

Guardrail frame

42903

Horizontal brace

42935

42907

Diagonal brace

42937

42908

Platform without trapdoor

42932

42930

Platform, can be opened

42970

42860

End toeboard

42911

Side toeboard

42943

42914

Triangular stabiliser

42926

Stairway

42961

42861

Handrail

42929

–

42862

–

Handrail, angled (top)

42939

42863

Swivel castor with height adjuster, ∅ 200 mm

42917

Stirrup step

42832

Ballast weights

per swivel castor; for mounting on stabilisers

Indoor use

42912

Outdoor use

42912

¹) With swivel castors (order no. 42917) fully extended. Adjustment range: 30 cm Observe the ballasting requirements in the assembly and usage manual! x: not permissible!

8.40

10.40

12.35

7.40

9.40

11.35

6.40

8.40

10.35

258.9

311.6

364.3

53063

53083

53003

300.4

363.9

427.4

53064

53084

53004

247

Individual parts for mobile scaffold towers – upgrade or expand at any time. 1

Guardrails/frames

Toeboards

provide a protective barrier around the edges to ensure work safety.

increases the speed of assembly because the base unit can be effortlessly set up in no time.

used to prevent objects on the platform from falling off.

Push-on end frames

serve as ladder sections for personnel to climb the scaffolding.

Platforms

with and without a trapdoor serve to separate the intermediate and working levels.

248

Stabilisers or chassis beams

increase the base area and thus the stability of the entire scaffold tower.

Swivel castors

make it easy to move the scaffold tower. There is a choice between castors with or without height adjustment.

Braces (diagonal/horizontal)

serve to reinforce the mobile scaffold tower and thus increase stability.

Folding frames

Ballasting

is required to ensure the tower is weighed down sufficiently depending where it is set up (indoors or outdoors).

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts

1 2

249

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts

Push-on end frame Note

Push-on end frame made from aluminium tubes, ∅ 50 mm; rungs with non-slip ribbing; rung-stile connection welded all-round, incl. two retainer clips (on the scaffolding – not loose!).

Push-on end frame, 0.75 m For all mobile scaffold towers in width 0.75 m, for safe platform access.

Push-on end frame, 1.35 m With central brace made from 25 × 5 flat aluminium. For all mobile scaffold towers in width 1.35 m, for safe platform access.

for scaffolding Height Number Weight widths m of rungs kg m

Order no.

0.75

1.12

4.0

42905

0.75

1.96

6.7

42904

for scaffolding Height Number Weight widths m of rungs kg m

Order no.

1.35

1.12

5.9

42902

1.35

1.96

10.0

42901

Folding frame units Note

Folding frame unit comprising one folding unit and two side sections; folding unit made from 40 x 20 mm aluminium sections incl. a hinge with self-locking joints. For side sections, see push-on end frame.

Folding frame unit As base unit for folding scaffold towers with a length of 1.80 m.

for scaffolding Height Number Weight widths m of rungs kg m

Order no.

0.75

1.50

16.9

42947

1.35

1.50

21.3

42948

Guardrails Note

Guardrails made of aluminium tubes ∅ 50 mm; joints welded all-round. With self-locking claws (grey) made of diecast aluminium.

Guardrails For providing longitudinal protection. Attachment: from inside to outside.

Advanced guardrail For providing longitudinal protection. For S-PLUS mobile scaffold towers or for retrofitting to CompactMaster or MultiTower mobile scaffold towers.

250

for scaffolding lengths m

Height m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.55

5.3

42955

2.50

0.55

6.4

42956

for scaffolding lengths m

Height m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.55

7.2

42837

2.50

0.55

9.7

42838

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts

Braces (horizontal and diagonal) Note

Braces (horizontal and diagonal), ∅ 50 mm, with self-locking claws made from diecast aluminium.

for scaffolding lengths m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

2.3

42935

2.50

2.9

42907

Horizontal brace For bracing the lower scaffolding section. Colour of claws: Grey.

for scaffolding lengths m

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

2.12

2.6

42937

2.50

2.75

3.0

42908

for scaffolding lengths m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

2.3

42978

2.50

2.7

42979

for scaffolding lengths m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

6.1

42886

2.50

7.1

42887

Diagonal brace For bracing the push-on end frames. Colour of claws: blue.

Platform diagonal brace For bracing the push-on end frames instead of diagonal braces if a platform is to be installed at the height of the diagonal braces. Colour of claws: blue.

Base braces for scaffold towers with stabilisers

Made from aluminium tubes ∅ 48 mm, with couplings for torsion-free mounting on the stile.

Platforms Note

Platforms made of an all-round welded, torsion-resistant aluminium frame and a boil- and waterproof, 7-ply adhesive-bonded plywood panel; with slip-resistant surface and 2 devices (on opposite side) that protect against wind uplift.

for scaffolding lengths m

Width m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.60

12.7

42932

2.50

0.60

17.5

42930

for scaffolding lengths m

Width m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.60

13.0

42931

2.50

0.60

17.5

42910

Platform without trapdoor For secure standing on rest and work platforms. Application: for mobile scaffold towers in width 1.35 m.

Platform with trapdoor With locking mechanism for secure standing on rest and work platforms.

251

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts

Toeboards Note

Toeboards made of 2.4 cm thick wood; the end toeboards are equipped with guide rails for convenience.

Side toeboard For providing longitudinal protection on the work platform. Colour: Yellow with ZARGES lettering.

End toeboard For providing front-end protection on the work platform, incl. metal fittings. Colour: Yellow.

for scaffolding lengths m

Height m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.15

3.2

42943

2.50

0.15

4.9

42914

for scaffolding widths m

Height m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.75

0.15

1.4

42913

1.35

0.15

2.1

42911

Stabiliser Triangular stabiliser Made of aluminium tubes ∅ 50 mm, with pivot foot for levelling out uneven surfaces and clamps for fastening to a stile. incl. anti-twist device.

Triangular stabiliser S-PLUS Made from aluminium tubes, ∅ 50 mm, telescoping with pivot foot for levelling on uneven surfaces, with clamps for mounting on the stile.

Anti-rotation bar for stabilisers Separate anti-rotation bar for mounting on stabilisers with ∅ 50 mm. Holds the stabilisers securely in the 45° position to the mobile scaffold tower (prescribed in acc. with EN 1004).

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

2.20

7.5

42926

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

2.20

5.0

42850

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.75

1.9

42865

For mobile scaffold towers with stairs Push-on end frame, 1.35 m with opening With central brace made from aluminium tube, ∅ 50 mm, for frontend access to mobile scaffold towers with stairways.

252

for scaffolding Height Number Weight widths m of rungs kg m 1.35

1.96

9.0

Order no. 42928

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts for scaffolding lengths m

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

2.15

8.8

42961

2.50

2.15

12.5

42861

for scaffolding lengths m

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

2.65

3.8

42929

2.50

2.80

4.1

42862

for scaffolding lengths m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

3.2

42939

2.50

3.7

42863

for scaffolding lengths m

Width m

Weight kg

Order no.

1.80

0.60

13.3

42970

2.50

0.60

18.1

42860

Stairway Stairway structure made from aluminium sections for comfortable climbing and descent, particularly with bulky or heavy loads. Tread depth: 0.10 m. Overall width, steps: 0.43 m.

Handrail Made from aluminium tubes, ∅ 50 mm, to provide side protection on the stairway.

Handrail, angled (top) Made from aluminium tubes, ∅ 50 mm, to provide side protection on the stairway. Application: only under the work platform.

Platform, can be opened For the topmost platform on scaffold towers with stairways. The trapdoor spans the entire length and can be opened and closed using two finger holes.

Swivel castors and foot height adjusters (spindles) Wheel diameter mm

Weight kg

Load capacity kg

Order no.

200

7.3

600.0

42917

125

6.1

500.0

42973

Wheel diameter mm

Weight kg

Load capacity kg

Order no.

150

5.0

500.0

42755

Swivel castor with height adjuster, ∅ 200 mm Plastic wheel, ∅ 200 mm, with height adjuster made of galvanised steel, separate levers for engaging and releasing the brake, and load centring when brake is engaged. Adjustment range: 30 cm Delivery size: 1 piece.

Swivel castor with height adjuster, ∅ 150 mm Plastic wheel, ∅ 150 mm, with height adjuster made of galvanised steel, separate levers for engaging and releasing the brake, and load centring when brake is engaged. Adjustment range: 12.5 cm. Delivery size: 1 piece.

253

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts Swivel castor with pin Plastic wheel, ∅ 125 mm, with pin made from galvanised steel, with brake. Compatible with all chassis beams and push-on end frames for mobile scaffold towers. Delivery size: 1 piece.

Cast-aluminium swivel castor with height adjuster For discharging static electricity. Cast aluminium wheel, ∅ 125 mm, with height adjuster made of galvanised steel, separate levers for engaging and releasing the brake, and load centring when brake is engaged. Adjustment range: 30 cm Delivery size: 1 piece. Rubber swivel castor with height adjuster Plastic wheel, ∅ 200 mm, with height adjuster made of galvanised steel, separate levers for engaging and releasing the brake, and load centring when brake is engaged. Oil-, petrol/gasoline- and acid-resistant. Adjustment range: 30 cm Delivery size: 1 piece. Foot height adjuster Galvanised steel, height-adjustable with a range of 30 cm; with bolt holes for bolting to the ground. Delivery size: 1 piece.

Wheel diameter mm

Weight kg

Load capacity kg

Order no.

125

1.5

300.0

42959

Wheel diameter mm

Weight kg

Load capacity kg

Order no.

125

6.2

500.0

42873

Wheel diameter mm

Weight kg

Load capacity kg

Order no.

200

7.3

600.0

42875

Weight kg

Load capacity kg

Order no.

4.5

600.0

41904

Width m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.40

0.6

42832

Stirrup step Stirrup step Adjustable, with screws for mounting on chassis beam or rung for shortening access to the first rung.

254

Mobile scaffold towers/individual parts

Ballast weights and accessories Please always refer to the assembly and usage instructions for the correct ballasting. The ballasting requirement depends on where the scaffold tower is set up (outdoors or indoors).

Note

Diameter mm

Weight kg

Order no.

215

10.0

42915

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.70

0.9

42919

Weight kg

Order no.

10.0

42912

Ballast weight (disk) Steel, painted. For pushing onto the tube of the chassis beam. Colour: Yellow.

Push-on tube Aluminium tube, ∅ 50 mm, for ballast disc (Order No. 42915). Application: from > 4 ballast weights. Maximum number fitted: 6 ballast weights.

Ballast weight (cuboid) Steel, painted. With clamps for attachment to the triangular stabilisers. Colour: Yellow.

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

0.90

2.0

42920

Wall anchor Made of galvanised steel. For anchoring in the masonry for assembly alongside a wall. Recommendation: Platform height 3.00 m – 6.60 m: 2 pieces Platform height 6.60 m – 10.50 m: 4 pieces Platform height 10.50 m – 12.00 m: 6 pieces

Weight kg

Order no.

Padding for mobile scaffold towers

0.1

42847

To protect objects when they are in contact with the mobile scaffold. For tubes with ∅ 50 mm. Length: 220 mm Colour: blue.

Order no. 40301

Tool bag Mobile tool pouch with different storage compartments. With shoulder strap for easy carrying. Highly flexible in terms of mounting options. Maximum load capacity of 15 kg.

255

Mobile scaffold towers/spare parts End cap For covering the top end of guardrail frames.

Spring clip for scaffold units For push-on end frames and guardrail frames with a tube diameter ∅ 50 mm.

Adapter for chassis beams Can be moved on the chassis beam.

Hammer-head bolt M 14 x 70 mm

800175

Material

Order no.

Galvanised steel

800172

Weight kg

Order no.

1.3

800253

2.7

800345

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

0.1

800347

Scaffolding coupling

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Compatible with triangular stabilisers, for mounting on tubes with ∅ 50 mm.

Aluminium

0.9

800348

Hinged pipe connector

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

0.1

860116

For triangular stabilisers. Fits all product ranges.

256

Order no.

Material

For scaffolding couplings on triangular stabilisers.

Diameter mm

Mobile scaffold towers/spare parts Implementation Outside hinge 180° latching

Weight kg

Order no.

1.0

820688

Hinge of folding scaffold unit Compatible with folding scaffold units (order no. 42947 and 42948).

Weight kg

Order no.

Hinge for platforms with trapdoor

0.2

800456

Compatible with all mobile scaffold platforms with trapdoor.

Weight kg

Order no.

0.1

800457

Weight kg

Order no.

0.2

800540

Latch for trapdoor Compatible with all mobile scaffold platforms with trapdoor.

Inspection protocol for mobile scaffold towers Comprises one DIN A4 pad containing 80 sheets as well as five DIN A5 self-adhesive PVC sleeves.

257

Access/fixed ladders

258

Access/fixed ladders

Fixed ladders – firmly installed safety. Configurator for fixed ladders

261

Single-section fixed ladders

262

Multi-section fixed ladders

263

Components for fixed ladders

264–273

259

Fixed ladders – firmly installed safety.

Safety A wide range of options available, such as entrances/exits, security doors, safety barriers, platforms and fall arrester products.

thanks to anti-slip rungs with perforations or ribbing.

Quick installation due to fixed cage height. No measurement needed at the construction site.

Quick installation

thanks to the one-piece U-bracket.

A wide range of materials to choose from: natural aluminium, anodised aluminium, steel or stainless steel.

260

Fixed ladders/configurator for fixed ladders

Planning system for fixed ladders – quick, easy and available round the clock.

The new ZARGES planning system simplifies the process of configuring your fixed ladder system whilst taking all relevant standards into account. No special product know-how required: Just follow the instructions on the screen! The system will guide you and prompt you to enter all relevant information, such as the area of application, basic dimensions, material, arrangement of platforms etc. Just a few steps are all it takes to get your quotation, including drawings – that's how easy it is.

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.zarges.com/fixedladders

Your benefits: p Online configuration with real-time 3D visualisation. p Instant quote including 2D drawings containing all important dimensions. p 3D models for importing into your plans (after approval by ZARGES). p Downloads for static calculations, measurement and check sheets, product images, presentations and much more. p Tender documents for planners and architects.

261

Fixed ladders/single-section fixed ladders

Single-section fixed ladder systems up to a height of 10 m Stationary access to buildings and machinery up to a height of 10 m, also suitable and approved for use as an escape route. p For permanent mounting on buildings either for maintenance purposes in accordance with DIN 18 799-1, as an emergency ladder system in accordance with DIN 14 094-1, or as a machine access system in compliance with EN ISO 14122-4. p Safety cage as safety system, complies with any standard. p Fall protection equipment is required from 3.00 m. p Ladder width: 520 mm. p Wall brackets with various wall clearances of up to 600 mm can be selected. p The max. permissible distance between two wall brackets is 2.00 m. p Each ladder section must be mounted with at least 2 wall brackets. p Safety barriers, access protection and platforms can be selected to suit individual requirements. p We can also produce fixed-ladder designs that differ from the standard specification on request. Plugs and screws/bolts for wall mounting are not included in the scope of delivery. The prices for single-section systems are calculated as follows: U-shaped wall bracket, 200 mm rigid, straight stile extensions on both sides, incl. exit step 150 mm in accordance with DIN 18 799-1. In the case of other requirements, please use our vertical ladder planning system.

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.zarges.com/fixedladders

Overview of single parts

Anodised aluminium

Natural aluminium

Galvanised steel

Stainless steel V4A (1.4571) 2)

Order no.

Ladder section 1.12 m

41286

42286

43286

44286

600 mm × 1.96 m

41240

42240

43240

44240

Ladder section 2.80 m

41241

42241

43241

44241

Ladder section 3.64 m

41242

42242

43242

44242

43243 1)

43243

44243

Back hoop ∅ 700 mm

41244

42244

43244

44244

Back strap, length 1,400 mm

41245

42245

43245

44245

Exit step 150 mm

40945

43284

44254

43257 1)

43257

44257

Stile extension, one-side, straight

Wall bracket, rigid, stand-off 200 mm

Natural aluminium

Ladder length incl. stile extension, m

Order no.

Laddersection 2.80 m

Laddersection 3.64 m

Stile extension

Wall anchor, rigid

Back hoop

Back strap

Exit step

Implementation

Anodised aluminium

Access heights of up to m

Laddersection 1.96 m

Standard lengths/equipment

4.70

5.80

58148

58248

58348

58448

–

5.60

6.70

58157

58257

58357

58457

–

6.50

7.60

58165

58265

58365

58465

–

1 1

Stainless steel V4A 2)

Parts list

7.40

8.50

58174

58274

58374

58474

–

8.50

9.60

58185

58285

58385

58485

–

9.30

10.40

58196

58296

58396

58496

–

Galvanised steel

262

Galvanised steel

Delivery time on request

Fixed ladders/multi-section fixed ladders

Multi-section fixed ladder systems Multi-section access solution with crossover platform for buildings and machinery. p For permanent mounting on buildings for maintenance purposes in accordance with DIN 18 799-1, as an emergency ladder system in accordance with DIN 14 094-1, or as a machine access system in compliance with EN ISO 14122-4. p Safety cage installed as a safety system that complies with any relevant standards. p Ladder width: 520 mm. p With octagonal bridging platform and safety bar for offset ladder sections. p Wall brackets with various wall clearances of up to 600 mm can be selected. p The max. permissible distance between two wall brackets is 2.00 m. p Each ladder section must be mounted with at least 2 wall brackets. p Safety barriers, access protection and platforms can be selected to suit individual requirements. p We can also produce fixed-ladder designs that differ from the standard specification on request. Plugs and screws/bolts for wall mounting are not included in the scope of delivery.

ZARGES – configure your product online now: www.zarges.com/fixedladders

263

Fixed ladders/individual parts

Fixed ladders Fixed ladders, anodised aluminium and natural aluminium Ladder width: 520 mm. Intervals between rungs: 280 mm. Dimensions of stile: 60 x 25 mm. Dimensions of the square rung 30 x 30 mm. Included in the scope of delivery: two plastic ladder connectors (Order No. 43239) for each ladder.

Fixed ladders, galvanised steel and stainless steel Ladder width: 520 mm. Intervals between rungs: 280 mm. Dimensions of stile: 60 x 25 mm. Dimensions of the perforated rung: 30 x 30 mm. Included with each ladder: two ladder connectors made of plastic (order no. 43239) or stainless steel (order no. 44239)

Ladder connector, plastic

Ladder length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Anodised aluminium

1.12

2.5

41286

Anodised aluminium

1.96

4.2

41240

Anodised aluminium

2.80

6.2

41241

Anodised aluminium

3.64

8.0

41242

Natural aluminium

1.12

2.5

42286

Natural aluminium

1.96

4.2

42240

Natural aluminium

2.80

6.2

42241

Natural aluminium

3.64

8.0

42242

Material

Ladder length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.12

6.7

43286

Galvanised steel

1.96

13.2

43240

Galvanised steel

2.80

19.2

43241

Galvanised steel

3.64

24.4

43242

Stainless steel

1.12

6.7

44286

Stainless steel

1.96

13.2

44240

Stainless steel

2.80

19.2

44241

Stainless steel

3.64

24.4

44242

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Internal plastic ladder connectors. Fit fixed ladders made from aluminium and galvanised steel with stile dimensions 60 x 25mm. 1 set = 2 pcs.

plastic

0.3

43239

Ladder connector, stainless steel

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

0.6

44239

External ladder connectors made from stainless steel V4A. Fits stainless steel fixed ladders with stile dimensions 60 mm x 25 mm. 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

Wall bracket (U-shaped) Note:

The maximum permissible distance between two wall brackets is 2.00 m. But each ladder section must be mounted with at least two wall brackets.

Wall bracket, U-shaped, rigid For 200 mm stand-off. Hole spacing: 332 mm. Overall width, bar: 532 mm.

264

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

4.6

43257

Stainless steel

4.6

44257

Fixed ladders/individual parts Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

5.9

43258

Stainless steel

5.9

44258

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

6.6

43259

Stainless steel

6.6

44259

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

13.8

43260

Stainless steel

13.8

44260

Wall bracket, U-shaped, adjustable Wall clearance can be adjusted from 200 mm to 250 mm. Hole spacing: 332 mm. Overall width, bar: 532 mm.

Wall bracket, U-shaped, adjustable Wall clearance can be adjusted from 250 mm to 350 mm. Hole spacing: 332 mm. Overall width, bar: 532 mm.

Wall bracket, U-shaped, adjustable Wall clearance can be adjusted from 400 mm to 600 mm. Incl. transverse bracing and transverse support. Hole spacing, bar: 332 mm. Hole spacing, supports: 577 mm. Overall width, bar 622 mm.

Wall brackets, single Note:

The maximum distance between the individual wall brackets is 2.00 m. But each ladder section must be mounted with at least 4 wall brackets. A separate static calculation will be required.

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.2

43249

Stainless steel

1.2

44249

Wall bracket, rigid For 200 mm stand-off. Axle dimension, centre of drilled hole 625 mm.

07 Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.4

43250

Stainless steel

1.4

44250

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.5

43252

Stainless steel

1.5

44252

Wall bracket, adjustable Adjustable from 150 to 200 mm. Distance between drilled holes (centre): 630 mm.

Wall bracket, adjustable Adjustable from 200 to 275 mm. Distance between drilled holes (centre): 630 mm.

265

Fixed ladders/individual parts Wall bracket, adjustable Adjustable from 275 to 375 mm. Distance between inner drilled holes (centre): 420 mm.

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.3

43251

Stainless steel

1.3

44251

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Floor mounting Ground plate For attaching the fixed ladder to the floor. Base plate: 120 x 120 mm. Height: 200 mm.

Galvanised steel

1.0

43253

Stainless steel

1.0

44253

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Top entry/exit Note:

Two stiles/guardrails are required by default per entrance/exit. Prices per stile/guardrail below.

Stile extension, straight Dimensions of stile: 60 x 25 mm. Total length: 1,770 mm. Utilisable length: 1,380 mm Price pro stile.

Stile extension, angled

Dimensions of stile: 60 x 25 mm. Total length: 1,770 mm. Overall span: 500 mm. Utilisable length: 1,380 mm Price pro stile.

Landing rail Dimensions of stile: 60 x 25 mm. Length: approx. 1,380 mm with floor bracket. Only in combination with order no. 43243 and 44243 (stile extension, straight).

266

Galvanised steel

4.7

43243

Stainless steel

4.7

44243

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

7.0

43049

Stainless steel

7.0

44049

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

4.6

43248

Stainless steel

4.6

44248

Fixed ladders/individual parts Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

5.1

47215

Material

Bridging length mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Anodised aluminium

800

22.0

41181

Natural aluminium

800

22.0

42181

Galvanised steel

800

46.0

43181

Stainless steel

800

46.0

44181

Galvanised steel

1000

53.0

43180

Galvanised steel

1200

61.0

43179

Material

Depth mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Aluminium

150

1.4

40945

Galvanised steel

150

2.8

43284

Galvanised steel

200

4.4

43285

Stainless steel

150

2.8

44254

Access aid, retractable For mounting to side of ladder stile. Can also be used on both sides. Tube diameter: 44 mm. Length: 1,600 mm.

Landing with crossover Galvanised open grid surface, 800 mm to 1,200 mm deep (in 200 mm increments). 600 mm wide. Double-sided guardrail. Exit ladder 0.98 m long, to be cut exactly to length by the customer. We recommend ground plates or adjustable wall brackets to fix the exit ladder. Order no. 43180 and 43179 only recommended for maintenance ladders.

Exit step For extending the area of the top rung. Tread width: 520 mm. Tread depth: 150 mm or 200 mm.

Safety cage Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Anodised aluminium

2.3

41244

Natural aluminium

2.3

42244

Galvanised steel

4.0

43244

Stainless steel

4.0

44244

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Anodised aluminium

2.0

41287

Natural aluminium

2.0

42287

Galvanised steel

3.0

43287

Stainless steel

3.0

44287

Back hoop ∅ 700 mm. Hoop height: 80 mm.

3/4-back hoop for lateral exit ∅ 700 mm. Hoop height: 80 mm.

267

Fixed ladders/individual parts Back hoop for offset version Total width: 1,340 mm. Hoop height: 80 mm.

Back strap Profiled and perforated brace. Length: 1,400 mm Widths: 66 mm.

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Anodised aluminium

1.8

41247

Natural aluminium

1.2

42247

Galvanised steel

2.4

43247

Stainless steel

2.4

44247

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Anodised aluminium

0.9

41245

Natural aluminium

0.9

42245

Galvanised steel

2.2

43245

Stainless steel

2.2

44245

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Safety barriers Safety barrier with gravity lock Single-arm version. Self-closing by means of gravity lock. With red coating.

Safety barrier with spring mechanism Single-arm version. Self-closing by means of concealed spring mechanism. With red coating.

Galvanised steel

2.2

43500

Stainless steel

2.2

44520

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

3.0

43501

Stainless steel

3.0

44521

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

07 Double safety barrier Self-closing by means of concealed spring mechanism in compliance with DIN EN ISO 14 122-4. Height: 630 mm.

268

Galvanised steel

5.6

43502

Stainless steel

5.6

44522

Fixed ladders/individual parts

Access protection for maintenance ladders Note:

Access only possible from below.

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

21.0

43498

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

17.0

43255

Stainless steel

17.0

44255

Security door for maintenance ladders Concealed hinges, sheet metal planking. Fastening plugs at top. Lockable.

Rest platform Hinged platform, can be added later in any position. Can be locked with a lock fitted on site.

Material

Ladder length m

Utilisable length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Base ladder

Aluminium

3.18

2.44

6.6

41445

Can be suspended with integrated hook. Incl. cable lock.

Access protection for escape ladders Note:

Access only possible from above.

Material

Ladder length m

Utilisable length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Aluminium

3.20

2.50

8.6

42446

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

15.0

43265

Emergency exit ladder

Can be used for heights of 5.60 m and above (for Item No. 42446). With automatic emergency release mechanism, access from above. Appropriate safety measures must be taken in the drop area of the ladder.

Swing-out access protection Operation via footpedal. Opening via concealed spring mechanism. Emergency operation in accordance with DIN 14 094-1.

269

Fixed ladders/individual parts Swing-out security door for escape ladders

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

24.0

43499

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

62.6

43497

Operation via footpedal. Concealed hinges, sheet metal planking. Fastening plugs at top. Emergency operation in accordance with DIN 14 094-1.

Security door with fixed side sections As access protection, can be opened from the inside with a handbolt. With emergency unlocking device for fire-fighters.

Platforms Note:

For side entry to / exit from the fixed ladder. Can be used to the left or right of the fixed ladder.

Exit platform Open grid surface and 2 wall brackets. Guardrail on one side and at one end. Distributed load 3.5 kN/m². Concentrated load 1.5 kN.

Extension platform Open grid surface and 1 wall bracket. Guardrail on longitudinal side incl. guardrail link. Extension platforms can be bolted together as required. Distributed load 3.5 kN/m². Concentrated load 1.5 kN.

Rest platform Hinged platform, can be added later in any position. Special permit can be obtained to allow the product to be used as a rest platform on single-section fixed ladders with safety cage that are over 10.0 m or 6.0 m. Can be locked with a lock fitted on site.

270

Material

Depth mm

Width mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

860

800

75.0

43270

Galvanised steel

1000

940

86.0

43275

Stainless steel

860

800

75.0

44270

Stainless steel

1000

940

86.0

44325

Material

Depth mm

Width mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

860

500

50.0

43272

Galvanised steel

860

800

60.0

43271

Galvanised steel

1000

500

52.0

43277

Galvanised steel

1000

940

74.0

43276

Stainless steel

860

500

50.0

44272

Stainless steel

860

800

60.0

44271

Stainless steel

1000

500

52.0

44327

Stainless steel

1000

940

74.0

44326

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

17.0

43255

Stainless steel

17.0

44255

Fixed ladders/individual parts Material

Depth mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

140

8.0

43280

Galvanised steel

160

9.0

43281

Stainless steel

140

8.0

44280

Stainless steel

160

9.0

44281

Material

Weight kg 1.0

43320

Stainless steel

1.0

44320

For basic and extension platforms, for bridging thermal insulation. Fits platform plates of the standard platforms.

Connecting brace

Order no.

Galvanised steel

Spacer segments

To minimise the gap between platform guardrail and safety cage. Length: 1,200 mm

Crossovers Note:

For crossover between two ladder sections in accordance with standards.

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Crossover platform (octagonal)

Galvanised steel

20.0

43266

Stainless steel

20.0

44266

Standard platform for crossover between two ladder sections. Open grid surface, octagonal, dimensions L x W 700 x 700 mm.

Material

Depth mm

Width mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Crossover landing

Galvanised steel

860

800

73.0

43310

Stainless steel

860

800

73.0

44310

Galvanised steel

1000

940

77.0

43315

Stainless steel

1000

940

77.0

44315

Only in combination with the octagonal crossover platform (Order No. 43266 or 44266) if the crossover is to be larger than 700 mm. Open grid surface and 2 wall brackets. Guardrail on longitudinal side incl. guardrail link. Distributed load 3.5 kN/m². Concentrated load 1.5 kN.

271

Fixed ladders/individual parts

Fall arrester systems compliant with EN 353-1 for double-stile ladders. Note:

On ZARGES fixed ladders in accordance with DIN 18 799-1 and EN ISO 14122-4. A fall arrester device is mandatory if the potential falling height is 5.00 m or more. Attachment at intervals of at least 1.68 m required.

Arrester rail with jointing piece For mounting on the centre or at the side of the ladder. Necessary accessories: Rail mounting.

Rung bracket For mounting arrester rails in the centre of ladder rungs. For inside ladder widths of at least 400 mm. Attachment at intervals of at least 1.68 m required. Concentrated load 1.5 kN.

Double safety barrier with integrated arrester rail Self-closing thanks to concealed spring mechanism, with preinstalled fall arrester rail. Two self-locking gravity catches. Necessary accessories: Stile extensions, straight. Recommendation: Exit step for extending the area of the top rung.

Folding rest platform

Required for ladders over 10.00 m high. For attachment to single-stile and fixed/shaft ladders in combination with centre-mounted arrester rail.

272

Material

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.40

5.0

47530

Galvanised steel

1.96

7.0

47531

Galvanised steel

2.80

10.0

47532

Stainless steel

1.40

5.0

47550

Stainless steel

1.96

7.0

47551

Stainless steel

2.80

10.0

47552

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

0.2

47556

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

10.0

43504

Stainless steel

10.0

44495

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

4.5

47539

Stainless steel

3.7

47559

Fixed ladders/individual parts

Personal protective equipment (PPE) for fall arrester systems Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel / aluminium

1.3

47562

Stainless steel

1.6

47572

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

1.2

47588

Stainless steel / aluminium

ZARGES safety slide mechanism Meets the EN 353-1 safety standard; patented. With carabiner and shackle. Smooth-running, round shape.

ZARGES safety slide mechanism ZAST-Optiflex R4 Meets the EN 353-1 safety standard; patented. Flexible application, as the safety slide mechanism can be fitted at and removed from any position on the fall arrester system.

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

plastic

1.5

47524

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Ripstop nylon

0.6

47525

Safety harness According to EN 361, Form A.

Rucksack with carrying handle For optimum transport and protection of the PPE.

Annual inspection of safety slide mechanism For safety slide mechanism Annual inspection of safety slide mechanism (visual inspection and functional test)

all

910020

Replacement of shock-absorbing lanyard, carabiner and shackle 1)

all

910021

Data sheets

Order no.

all

290924

Modification of the safety slide mechanism to conform to the new requirements, incl. annual inspection Replacement of pawl, shock-absorbing lanyard, carabiner, shackle, stickers for left and right sides

47588

910022

47562

910023

47572

910024

Annual inspection of safety harness

47524

910025

Prescribed by law every 6 years.

As items of personal protective equipment (PPE), safety slide mechanisms must be inspected annually by a qualified person. Let us take this job off your hands – have this safety-relevant test performed at our factory by specially trained and qualified personnel.

273

Access/shaft equipment

274

Access/shaft equipment

Shaft equipment – comprehensive product range for underground access and environmental engineering. Shaft ladders

278–282

Parts 283–289 Shaft and well covers

290–293

275

Shaft equipment – quality all the way down and all the way up. 1

Safe access

with the fall arrester system for double-stile ladders; single-stile ladders are also available for situations where space is limited.

facilitate installation.

Wide range

of ladder materials: Steel, stainless steel or GRP.

Safe entry into a shaft

thanks to rotatable safety posts.

Wide variety of wall brackets

Great flexibility

with twelve ladder lengths (from 4 to 15 rungs) and two ladder widths (300 or 400 mm) to choose from.

Safety companion

in the form of a safety slide mechanism. 8

Flush-fitting covers

with cover plate or customisable surface. Available in three different materials (aluminium, steel and stainless steel) and a wide range of sizes.

Reliable well covers

available in many designs (round or rectangular, with or without vents) for securing drinking water supply.

Shaft depth D

How many wall brackets are required? The maximum distance between wall brackets must be < 1.68 m, meaning p 2 sets are required for 4–9 rungs p 3 sets are required for 10–15 rungs p 5 sets are required for 16–24 rungs

Ladder length L

How long should the ladder be? p The length of the ladder depends on the shaft depth. As seen in the example on the right, the ladder should always be shorter than the shaft (e.g. shaft 2.50 m, ladder 2.24 m; shaft 2.00 m, ladder 1.68 m). p TAKE NOTE: When actual inside depth is > 5 m, an arrester rail must be included in the design.

Ladder length L Shaft depth D

Important information on the selection of material, ladder length and wall-mounting hardware

When do I use which material? p Steel: most inexpensive choice; not suitable for exposure to aggressive substances, e. g. chlorine, sewage. p GRP: for use around electrical equipment (prevents sparking); some level of resistance (corrosion, acids, water). p Stainless steel: mandatory in drinking-water applications, sewage plants and places exposed to seawater (not suitable for permanent contact). How wide should a ladder be ideally? p It depends on the shaft's size – the wider the ladder, the more comfortable it is to use. What hardware is required for mounting a ladder? p Rigid wall brackets are used (for rectangular shafts) in 90% of the cases. Adjustable variants are used when there are bends in a shaft. p Floor mounting is not mandatory.

276

Shaft equipment/shaft ladders

8 4

300/400 mm 4-15 rungs

277

Shaft equipment/shaft ladders

Shaft ladders, steel A fall arrester device is mandatory if the potential falling height is 5.00 m or more. From an inside width of 300 mm upwards, the rail is attached to the ladder stile.

Note: From an inside width of 400 mm upwards, the rail is attached in centred position on the rungs.

Shaft ladder, steel, internal width 300 mm Technical details p p p p p p

Internal ladder width: Overall ladder width: Intervals between rungs: Dimensions of stile: Dimensions of the perforated rung: Material:

300 mm 340 mm 280 mm 50 × 20 mm 29 × 29 mm Hot-dip galvanised steel

Material Length, m

1.12

1.40

1.68

1.96

2.24

2.52

2.80

3.08

3.36

3.64

3.92

Number of rungs

Weight, kg

5.2

6.6

8.0

9.4

10.8

12.2

13.6

15.0

16.4

17.8

19.2

20.6

Order no.

47321 47322 47323 47324 47325 47326 47327 47328 47329 47623 47624

4.20

47625

Shaft ladder, steel, internal width 400 mm Technical details p p p p p p

Internal ladder width: Overall ladder width: Intervals between rungs: Dimensions of stile: Dimensions of the perforated rung: Material:

400 mm 440 mm 280 mm 50 × 20 mm 29 × 29 mm Hot-dip galvanised steel

Material Length, m

1.12

1.40

1.68

1.96

2.24

2.52

2.80

3.08

3.36

3.64

3.92

Number of rungs

Weight, kg

5.7

7.3

8.9

10.5

12.1

13.7

15.3

16.9

18.5

20.1

21.7

23.3

Order no.

47331 47332 47333 47334 47335 47336 47337 47338 47339 47633 47634

Ladder connector, plastic p Internally supported ladder connector. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

278

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

plastic

50 × 20

Steel ladder

0.3

47700

4.20

47635

Shaft equipment/shaft ladders

Wall brackets for steel ladders Note: Attachment materials (dowels etc.) are not included in the scope of delivery. Wall bracket, rigid p For wall clearance of 150 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

50 × 20

Steel ladder

0.8

47301

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 150 mm to 300 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

50 × 20

Steel ladder

1.6

47302

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 150 mm to 190 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

50 × 20

Steel ladder

0.9

47314

Floor mounting Note: Attachment materials (dowels etc.) are not included in the scope of delivery. Ground plate p For attaching the shaft ladder to the floor. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

50 × 20

Steel ladder

0.9

47311

279

Shaft equipment/shaft ladders

Shaft ladders, stainless steel A fall arrester device is mandatory if the potential falling height is 5.00 m or more. From an inside width of 300 mm upwards, the rail is attached to the ladder stile.

Note: From an inside width of 400 mm upwards, the rail is attached in centred position on the rungs.

Shaft ladder, stainless steel, internal width 300 mm Technical details p p p p p p

Internal ladder width: Overall ladder width: Intervals between rungs: Dimensions of stile: Dimensions of the perforated rung: Material:

300 mm 340 mm 280 mm 50 × 20 mm 29 × 29 mm V4A stainless steel

Material Length, m

1.12

1.40

1.68

1.96

2.24

2.52

2.80

3.08

3.36

3.64

3.92

Number of rungs

Weight, kg

5.2

6.6

8.0

9.4

10.8

12.2

13.6

15.0

16.4

17.8

19.2

20.6

Order no.

47341 47342 47343 47344 47345 47346 47347 47348 47349 47643 47644

4.20

47645

Shaft ladder, stainless steel, internal width 400 mm Technical details p p p p p p

Internal ladder width: Overall ladder width: Intervals between rungs: Dimensions of stile: Dimensions of the perforated rung: Material:

400 mm 440 mm 280 mm 50 × 20 mm 29 × 29 mm V4A stainless steel

Material Length, m

1.12

1.40

1.68

1.96

2.24

2.52

2.80

3.08

3.36

3.64

3.92

Number of rungs

Weight, kg

5.7

7.3

8.9

10.5

12.1

13.7

15.3

16.9

18.5

20.1

21.7

23.3

Order no.

47351 47352 47353 47354 47355 47356 47357 47358 47359 47653 47654

Ladder connector, plastic p Internally supported ladder connector. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

280

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

plastic

50 × 20

V4A ladder

0.3

47700

4.20

47655

Shaft equipment/shaft ladders

Wall brackets for stainless steel ladders Note: Attachment materials (dowels etc.) are not included in the scope of delivery. Wall bracket, rigid p For wall clearance of 150 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

50 × 20

V4A ladder

0.8

47304

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 150 mm to 300 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

50 × 20

V4A ladder

1.6

47305

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 150 mm to 190 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

50 × 20

V4A ladder

0.9

47315

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 200 mm to 250 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

50 × 20

V4A ladder

1.6

47610

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 280 mm to 330 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

50 × 20

V4A ladder

1.8

47612

Floor mounting Note: Attachment materials (dowels etc.) are not included in the scope of delivery. Ground plate p For attaching the shaft ladder to the floor. p 1 set = 2 pcs. Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

50 × 20

V4A ladder

0.9

47312

281

Shaft equipment/shaft ladders

Shaft ladders, GRP A fall arrester device is mandatory if the potential falling height is 5.00 m or more. From an inside width of 300 mm upwards, the rail is attached to the ladder stile.

Note: From an inside width of 400 mm upwards, the rail is attached in centred position on the rungs.

Shaft ladder, GRP, internal width 300 mm Technical details p p p p p p

Internal ladder width: Overall ladder width: Intervals between rungs: Dimensions of stile: Dimensions of non-slip GRP rung: Material:

300 mm 350 mm 280 mm 58 × 25 mm 30 × 30 mm glassfibre-reinforced plastic (GRP).

Material Length, m

1.12

1.40

1.68

1.96

2.24

2.52

2.80

3.08

3.36

3.64

3.92

Number of rungs

Weight, kg

2.9

3.6

4.3

5.0

5.7

6.4

7.1

7.8

8.5

9.2

9.9

10.6

Order no.

47361 47362 47363 47364 47365 47366 47367 47368 47369 47663 47664

4.20

47665

Shaft ladder, GRP, internal width 400 mm Technical details p p p p p p

Internal ladder width: Overall ladder width: Intervals between rungs: Dimensions of stile: Dimensions of non-slip GRP rung: Material:

400 mm 450 mm 280 mm 58 × 25 mm 30 × 30 mm glassfibre-reinforced plastic (GRP).

Material Length, m

1.12

1.40

1.68

1.96

2.24

2.52

2.80

3.08

3.36

3.64

3.92

Number of rungs

Weight, kg

3.1

3.8

4.5

5.0

5.8

6.5

7.2

7.9

8.6

9.3

10.0

10.7

Order no.

47371 47372 47373 47374 47375 47376 47377 47378 47379 47673 47674

Ladder connector, plastic p Internally supported ladder connector. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

282

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

plastic

58 × 25

GRP ladder

0.3

47706

4.20

47675

Shaft equipment/individual parts

Wall brackets for GRP ladders Note: Attachment materials (dowels etc.) are not included in the scope of delivery. Wall bracket, rigid p For wall clearance of 150 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

58 × 25

GRP ladder

0.8

47307

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 150 mm to 300 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

58 × 25

GRP ladder

1.6

47308

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 150 mm to 190 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

58 × 25

GRP ladder

0.9

47316

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 200 mm to 250 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

58 × 25

GRP ladder

1.6

47611

Wall bracket, adjustable p Wall clearance can be adjusted from 280 mm to 330 mm. p 1 set = 2 pcs.

Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

58 × 25

GRP ladder

1.6

47613

Floor mounting Note: Attachment materials (dowels etc.) are not included in the scope of delivery. Ground plate p For attaching the shaft ladder to the floor. p 1 set = 2 pcs. Material

For stiles, mm

Fits

Weight, kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

58 × 25

GRP ladder

0.9

47313

283

Shaft equipment/individual parts

Access aids, transportable Note:

Attachment materials (dowels etc.) are not included in the scope of delivery.

Stay bar with T-shaped handle Double-insulated handles. Lower auxiliary handles can be unscrewed. Only in combinations with sockets (see below).

Stay bar with L-holder Double-insulated handle. Only in combinations with sockets (see below).

Sockets Only in combination with access aids, transportable (order no. 47205 or 47267). For wall mounting: Spacing between drilled holes 320 mm.

Material

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

1.60

4.0

47205

Material

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

1.60

3.9

47267

Material

Assembly type

Wall clearance mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

Wall

1.1

47206

Galvanised steel

Wall

1.1

47260

Stainless steel

Wall

1.5

47261

Stainless steel

Wall

130

1.7

47262

Stainless steel

Rung

1.1

47266

Material

Dimension mm

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Access aids, stationary Note:

Attachment materials (dowels etc.) are not included in the scope of delivery.

Access aid with safety handle For attachment to masonry. Can be lowered. Certified by the occupational insurance association. Scope of delivery: 1X stay bar and 1x socket

Galvanised steel

1.60

1.1

47210

Stainless steel

1.60

1.1

47211

Material

Dimension mm

Fits

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

Steel ladder

5.8

47212

Stainless steel

V4A ladder

5.0

47213

Stainless steel

GRP ladder

5.1

47214

Access aid with safety handle For mounting to side of ladder stile. Can also be used on both sides. Can be lowered. Certified by the occupational insurance association. Scope of delivery: 1x safety pole and 1x socket incl. hardware for attachment to the stile. Length: 1,600 mm.

284

Shaft equipment/individual parts Material

Inside width mm

Galvanised steel

300

Galvanised steel

Fits

Weight kg

Order no.

Steel ladder

6.5

47233

400

Steel ladder

6.8

47234

Stainless steel

300

V4A/GRP ladder

6.7

47235

Stainless steel

400

V4A/GRP ladder

6.9

47236

Material

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

0.40

1.7

47216

Galvanised steel

0.60

2.0

47218

Stainless steel

0.40

1.7

47217

Stainless steel

0.60

2.0

47219

Access aid, double-stile For attachment to the ladder. Can be lowered. Incl. attachment material. Length: approx. 1,500 mm.

Exit handle Welded-on perforated plates at the ends.

Depth mm

Weight kg

Order no.

Access rail

Steel ladder

250

3.0

47243

Galvanised steel

Steel ladder

500

4.2

47226

Stainless steel

V4A ladder

250

3.0

47244

Stainless steel

V4A ladder

With offset connecting sleeve (1 x) and welded floor plate. Height: approx. 1,100 mm Clearance width is increased by 200 mm.

500

4.2

47227

Material

Fits

Galvanised steel

Attachment Note:

Recommendation: For attaching all safety poles to concrete walls with at least a C25/30 grade. Structural analysis must be performed on site.

Material

Order no.

Stainless steel

47207

Express anchor M12 Made from stainless steel, building-authority approved.

285

Shaft equipment/individual parts

Single-stile ladders with fall arrester system in accordance with DIN EN 353-1 Note:

Recommendation: If double-stile ladders cannot be used due to space constraints, it is also possible to use single-stile ladders, which integrate the fall arrester system into the ladder stile (located at the centre of the ladder).

Single-stile ladder with integrated arrester rail Non-slip perforated rungs with end stops. Welded to the arrester rail. Jointing pieces between the individual parts of the ladder. Ladder width 370 mm.

Wall bracket, rigid For wall clearance of 150 mm. Suitable for arrester rails and single-stile ladders. Wall brackets are required at intervals of max. 1.12 m.

Wall bracket, adjustable Wall clearance can be adjusted from 120 mm to 180 mm. Suitable for arrester rails and single-stile ladders. Wall brackets are required at intervals of max. 1.12 m.

286

Material

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel Galvanised steel

1.40

7.4

47533

1.96

10.1

47534

Galvanised steel

2.80

14.4

47535

Stainless steel

1.40

7.4

47553

Stainless steel

1.96

10.1

47554

Stainless steel

2.80

14.4

47555

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.2

47537

Stainless steel

1.2

47557

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.6

47538

Stainless steel

1.6

47558

Shaft equipment/individual parts

Fall arrester systems compliant with EN 353-1 for double-stile ladders. Note:

On ZARGES fixed ladders in accordance with DIN 18 799-1 and EN ISO 14 122-4. A fall arrester device is mandatory if the potential falling height is 5.00 m or more. Attachment at intervals of at least 1.68 m required.

Material

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

1.40

5.0

47530

Galvanised steel

1.96

7.0

47531

Galvanised steel

2.80

10.0

47532

Stainless steel

1.40

5.0

47550

Stainless steel

1.96

7.0

47551

Stainless steel

2.80

10.0

47552

Arrester rail with jointing piece For mounting on the centre or at the side of the ladder. Necessary accessories: Rail mounting.

Rung bracket

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

0.2

47556

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Rail mounting for ladder stile For mounting arrester rails on the side of the ladder stile.

Stainless steel

0.4

47545

Stainless steel

0.4

47546

For mounting arrester rails in the centre of ladder rungs. For inside ladder widths of at least 400 mm. Attachment at intervals of at least 1.68 m required. Concentrated load 1.5 kN.

287

Shaft equipment/individual parts

Personal protective equipment (PPE) for fall arrester systems ZARGES safety slide mechanism

Material

Safety-tested to DIN EN 353-1, patented. With carabiner and shackle. Smooth-running, round shape.

ZARGES safety slide mechanism ZAST-Optiflex R4 Safety-tested to DIN EN 353-1, patented. Flexible application, as the safety slide mechanism can be fitted at and removed from any position on the fall arrester system.

Safety harness Conforms to DIN EN 361, Type A.

Rucksack with carrying handle For optimum transport and protection of the PPE.

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel / aluminium

1.3

47562

Stainless steel

1.6

47572

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

1.2

47588

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

plastic

1.5

47524

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Ripstop nylon

0.6

47525

Stainless steel / aluminium

Annual inspection of safety slide mechanism For safety slide mechanism

Order no.

Annual inspection of safety slide mechanism (visual inspection and functional test)

all

910020

Replacement of shock-absorbing lanyard, carabiner and shackle1)

all

910021

Data sheets

all

290924

47588

910022

47562

910023

47572

910024

Annual inspection of safety harness

47524

910025

Prescribed by law every 6 years.

288

Shaft equipment/individual parts

Accessories for fall arrester systems in accordance with DIN EN 353-1 Material

Length m

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

1.40

6.8

47561

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Stainless steel

1.1

47563

Material

Weight kg

Order no.

Galvanised steel

4.5

47539

Stainless steel

3.7

47559

Safety post Plug-in and rotatable with safety handles and releasable catch at the top end.

Rail attachment device For push-on access aid, can be screwed onto arrester rail or single-stile ladder. Length: 25 cm.

Folding rest platform Required for ladders over 10.00 m high. For attachment to single-stile and fixed/shaft ladders in combination with centre-mounted arrester rail.

Material

Implementation

Weight kg

Order no.

Rail stop

Stainless steel

separable

0.2

47565

Stainless steel

rigid

0.1

47564

Releasable lock. Rigid stop. Applied above or below the arrester rail depending on use.

289

Shaft equipment/shaft and well covers

Aluminium shaft covers Shaft covers that can be stepped on or driven over, with customisable surface or cover plate, for both indoor and outdoor use.

Recommendations for selection of shaft covers

Flush installation

EN 124 applies to covers of up to 1,000 mm (inside width) used in areas with pedestrian and/or vehicle traffic. DIN 1229 specifies the minimum weights for covers.

The choice of material depends on the application, load and environmental conditions.

in compliance with EN 124 as well as DIN 1229

Indoor Exterior Hygiene

(Aluminium)

(Steel)

Trough

If the shaft cover is supposed to blend in with the ground around it, you should select shaft covers with trough.

(Stainless steel)

Cover plate

Chequer or diamond plate

Dimensions (inside dimensions)

The shaft covers with trough can be filled with the same material (e.g. tiles, carpets or cobblestones) as the ground around it to help it blend in perfectly with its surroundings. The shaft covers with cover plate are the ideal solution for lower loads of up to 1.5 t. The cover plate is made of ribbed, non-slip aluminium, steel chequer plate, hot-dip galvanised or V2A (1.4301), pickled and passivated. The frame is made from hot-dip galvanised steel or V2A (1.4301) stainless steel section. p In compliance with EN 124 and DIN 1229. p Tapered profile-section construction with multiple bolted joints. p Easy to open, no jamming. p EPDM seal (petrol-resistant seal available on request). p Odour-tight and impervious to surface water. p Load with choice of surface: Test force 125 kN (=12.5 t), only after cover trough has been filled by customer with B 45 concrete (grain 0-8). p Load with cover plate: test force 15 kN (=1.5 t). p Incl. lift-out handles (pair) made from stainless steel, comprising one self-lifting opening handle and one liftout handle. p Hot-dip galvanised steel and V2A stainless steel covers also available for 400 kN (40.0 t) and deeper troughs on request.

80 mm

Installation flush with the ground in acc. with EN 124 and DIN 1229 Material, cover Material, frame

Aluminium recommended for indoor applications* Aluminium recommended for indoor applications*

Aluminium, ribbed recommended for indoor applications* Galvanised steel recommended for indoor applications*

Type of cover

with trough1) for choice of surface

with cover plate2)

Height, mm:

62.5

Trough depth, mm

Shaft inside dimensions, mm × mm

62.5 mm

Aluminium

–

Order no.

Outside dimensions, mm

Order no.

Outside dimensions, mm

300 × 300

47000

440 × 440

–

450 × 450

47001

590 × 590

–

500 × 500

47002

640 × 640

–

600 × 600

47004

740 × 740

47021

760 × 760

635 × 635

47005

775 × 775

–

800 × 800

47007

940 × 940

47023

960 × 960

1,000 × 1,000

47010

1,140 × 1,140

47024

1,160 × 1,160

*Recommendation; other materials can also be used if requested by the customer. 1) 2)

Load class for attachment with B 45 concrete Class B 12.5 t. In the case of partial attachment, pedestrians only. Load class A 1.5 t.

Spare parts

290

Designation

Order no.

Lift-out handles (pair)

800277

Shaft equipment/shaft and well covers

Shaft covers made from steel or stainless steel

90 mm

62.5 mm

Galvanised steel Installation flush with the ground in acc. with DIN EN 124 and DIN 1229

Galvanised steel recommended for outdoor applications* Galvanised steel recommended for outdoor applications*

Chequer plate, galvanised recommended for outdoor applications* Galvanised steel recommended for outdoor applications*

Type of cover

with trough1) for choice of surface

with cover plate2)

Height, mm:

62.5

Trough depth, mm

Material, cover Material, frame

Shaft inside dimensions, mm × mm

–

Order no.

Outside dimensions, mm

Order no.

Outside dimensions, mm

450 × 450

47030

570 × 570

–

500 × 500

47031

620 × 620

–

600 × 400

47032

720 × 520

47050

760 × 560

600 × 600

47033

720 × 720

47051

760 × 760

635 × 635

47034

755 × 755

–

800 × 600

47035

920 × 720

47052

960 × 760

800 × 800

47036

920 × 920

47053

960 × 960

1,000 × 600

47037

1,120 × 720

–

1,000 × 800

47038

1,120 × 920

–

1,000 × 1,000

47039

1,120 × 1,120

47054

1,160 × 1,160

*Recommendation; other materials can also be used if requested by the customer. 1) 2)

Load class for attachment with B 45 concrete Class B 12.5 t. In the case of partial attachment, pedestrians only. Load class A 1.5 t.

Spare parts Designation

Order no.

Lift-out handles (pair)

800276

800277

90 mm

62.5 mm

Stainless steel Installation flush with the ground in acc. with EN 124 and DIN 1229

Stainless steel, V2A recommended for hygiene applications* Stainless steel, V2A recommended for hygiene applications*

Chequer plate V2A recommended for hygiene applications* Stainless steel V2A recommended for hygiene applications*

Type of cover

with trough1) for choice of surface

with cover plate2)

Height, mm:

62.5

Trough depth, mm

Material, cover Material, frame

Shaft inside dimensions, mm × mm

–

Order no.

Outside dimensions, mm

Order no.

Outside dimensions, mm

300 × 300

47060

420 × 420

–

450 × 450

47061

570 × 570

–

500 × 500

47062

620 × 620

–

600 × 600

47064

720 × 720

47096

760 × 760

635 × 635

47065

755 × 755

–

800 × 800

47067

920 × 920

47098

960 × 960

1,000 × 1,000

47070

1,120 × 1,120

47099

1,160 × 1,160

*Recommendation; other materials can also be used if requested by the customer. 1) 2)

Load class for attachment with B 45 concrete Class B 12.5 t. In the case of partial attachment, pedestrians only. Load class A 1.5 t.

Spare parts Designation

Order no.

Lift-out handles (pair)

800276

800277

291

Shaft equipment/shaft and well covers

Well covers, round and square Shaft cover with overlapping lid as an economical solution for clean drinking water.

Shaft covers – things to consider. Protruding (DIN 1239) Design: The shape of the cover (round or rectangular) depends on the shaft's shape. round SHAPE

square

Ventilation: If there is no separate ventilation pipe, having without with vents in the cover prevents VENTILATION the water from becoming stale. vents vents

Material: Either steel or stainless steel, depending on the humidity level and risk of corrosion.

Insulation: Insulation is mandatory if the cover is used for drinking-water applications.

MATERIAL

Steel

Stainless steel

INSULATION with insulation without insulation

DIMENSIONS (inside dimensions)

ZARGES well covers for outdoor applications are robust and hard-wearing and offer reliable protection for individual wells, spring enclosures, elevated tanks and other installations supplying drinking water. They are also suitable for wastewater pumping stations, district heating stations, overflow basins for rainwater, water chambers etc. p Compliant with DIN 1239. p Lid made from sheet metal 2.5 mm thick, elevated in the centre, with internal transverse bracing. p Material: hot-dip galvanised steel, V2A (1.4301) stainless steel or – on request – V4A, pickled, passivated, glass-bead peened stainless steel finish. p Covers from 800 × 800 mm or ∅ 800 mm are fitted with gas spring as standard. p Self-closing fastener, hold-open device can only be released by hand. p Sturdy, concealed hinges, can be replaced individually. p EPDM seal on the underside of the lid provides reliable protection against amphibians, insects and vermin. p Frame prepared for setting in concrete and attachment with dowels. p Insect screen in the ventilation chimney (can be removed for cleaning). p Delivery includes stainless steel operating key. p Optionally with panic lock released from below.

Accessories and single parts 2

292

Fig.

Designation

Order no.

Steel profile cylinder lock as protection against unauthorised opening, incl. 3 keys

47109

Operating key, V2A (1.4301) stainless steel

47108

Brass cap for cover with lock

47106

Brass cap with securing pin

47107

Panic lock, V2A (1.4301) stainless steel

47105

Shaft equipment/shaft and well covers

Well covers, round and square round shape without ventilation chimney Steel Stainless steel, V2A

Shape Material Inside shaft size

Outside dimensions

Order no.

∅ 625

∅ 745

47156

47162

47159

47165

∅ 800

∅ 920

47157

47163

47160

47166

∅ 1,000

∅ 1,120

47158

47164

47161

47167

without insulation

with insulation1)

without insulation

with insulation1)

Inside width (IW)

All dimensions in mm

round shape with ventilation chimney Stainless steel, V2A

Shape

Steel

Material Outside dimensions

Order no.

∅ 625

∅ 745

47126

47132

47129

47135

∅ 800

∅ 920

47127

47133

47130

47136

∅ 1,000

∅ 1,120

47128

47134

47131

47137

without insulation

with insulation1)

without insulation

with insulation1)

150 210

400 70

Inside width (IW)

Inside shaft size

All dimensions in mm

square shape without ventilation chimney Steel Stainless steel, V2A

Shape Material Inside shaft size

Outside dimensions

Order no.

625 × 625

745 × 745

47140

47148

47144

47152

800 × 800

920 × 920

47141

47149

47145

47153

1,000 × 800

1,120 × 920

–

47181

47191

1,000 × 1,000

1,120 × 1,120

47142

47150

47146

47154

1,200 × 1,200

1,320 × 1,320

–

47147

47155

without insulation

with insulation1)

without insulation

with insulation1)

Inside width (IW)

All dimensions in mm

Shape

Steel

Material

square shape with ventilation chimney Stainless steel, V2A

Inside shaft size

Outside dimensions

Order no.

625 × 625

745 × 745

47110

47118

47114

47122

800 × 800

920 × 920

47111

47119

47115

47123

1,000 × 800

1,120 × 920

–

47180

47190

1,000 × 1,000

1,120 × 1,120

47112

47120

47116

47124

1,200 × 1,200

1,320 × 1,320

–

47117

47125

without insulation

with insulation1)

150 210

400 70

Inside width (IW)

Delivery periods for all well covers on request. 1) PU solid foam insulation (well foam)

without insulation

All dimensions in mm

293

Industry sectors

294

Industry sectors

Industry sectors Industry and plant engineering

296–297

Aviation 298–299 Trains and rail transport

300–301

Commercial vehicles and buses

302–303

Trades 304–305 Medical 306–307

295

Industry sectors/industry and plant engineering

Our access, packaging and transport solutions for industrial and plant engineering applications.

2 3

296

Industry sectors/industry and plant engineering

Ladders

Chapter 04

Mobile scaffold towers

Chapter 06

Boxes and cases

Chapter 01

Steps and bridging steps

Chapter 05

Work and maintenance platforms Chapter 05

Fixed ladders

Chapter 07

Shaft equipment

Chapter 08

For more information: www.zarges.com/industry

3 1

297

Industry sectors/aviation

Our access solutions for aircraft and helicopters.

298

Industry sectors/aviation

Docking systems for aircraft

Specialist maintenance stairs and platforms

Refuelling equipment

Maintenance stairs with fixed height

Maintenance stairs with adjustable height

Docking systems for helicopters, with adjustable height

For more information: www.zarges.com/air

5 6

299

Industry sectors/trains and rail transport

Our access solutions for rail vehicles

300

Industry sectors/trains and rail transport

For more information: www.zarges.com/rail

Rail pit boards

Access steps

Front access platforms

Roof access platforms

Side working platforms

Roof access stands and platform systems

301

Industry sectors/commercial vehicles and buses

Our access solutions for commercial vehicles and buses

302

Industry sectors/commercial vehicles and buses

Access steps with platform

Mobile scaffold towers

Front access platforms

Roof access platforms

Roof access stands

Tanker ladders

De-icing platforms

Lorry access steps

Boxes For more information: www.zarges.com/road

303

Industry sectors/trades

Our access, packaging and transport solutions for the construction industry.

2 4 2

304

Industry sectors/trades

Mobile scaffold towers

Chapter 06

Ladders

Chapter 04

Work platforms and steps

Chapter 04

Boxes and cases

Chapter 01

For more information: www.zarges.com/trades

305

Industry sectors/medical

Our packaging and transport solutions for the healthcare sector.

Departmental storag e 5

o Patient r

Treatment r o

t roo

ma har

station

Nurses

nr oo

en Pati

Centr al sto

rage f a

306

cility

Industry sectors/medical

Cupboard trolley

Chapter 03

Box trolley

Chapter 03

MPO transportation trolley

Chapter 03

Storage and retrieval shelving

Chapter 03

Storage and retrieval trolley

Chapter 03

For more information: www.zarges-medical.com

acility

307

Service and information

308

Service and information

Service and information Service 310–311 Dealer support

312

ZARGES website

313

Search index

314–320

Terms and conditions of warranty

321

International contacts

322

309

Service and information/service

The best service. The highest satisfaction level. The best logistics. Short routes. p Express delivery. p Special dispatch.

The best digital services. Efficient processes. p p p p p

Informative and user-friendly website with many features. Convenient online configurators. Provision of digital data for online shops and catalogues. Electronic invoicing. Efficient business processes thanks to electronic data interchange (EDI).

The best training courses. Maximum safety. p Expert seminar on ladders, steps & mobile scaffoldtowers. p Expert seminars on fixed ladders. p Seminars on the TBA 6000-5 service lift for wind turbines.

310

Service and information/service

The best consultation. Perfect solutions. The best assembly services. p Professional consultation, over the phone or online – personalised and individual. p By request, our field service staff can provide consultation and take measurements at your premises.

The most reliable spare-parts supply. Seamless operation. p p p p p

Spare-parts consultation. Extensive range of spare parts. Long-term spare parts supply. Warranties. Ladder inspections.

The best information library. Catalogues and brochures tailored specifically to different industry sectors. p Informative catalogues and brochures on important topics, such as safety. p Brochures for various industrial sectors - Industrial and Plant - Engineering – Aviation - Trains and Rail Transport - Trades, e.g. timber construction, carpenters and roofers, drywall construction, painters and plasterers

Industrie und An

Zustiegslösungen www.zarges.de

/industry

lagenbau

für Wartungs- und

Montagearbeiten

Visit www.zarges.com/service for more information 311

Service and information/dealer support

POS materials ZARGES is there to help you further improve your sales of ZARGES products. Make use of our eye-catching POS materials to present ZARGES products in your showroom, in your open-air area or at your in-house exhibition.

Beach flag Height 1.8 m, indoor & outdoor

Customer stopper Posters can be placed on both sides, waterproof

Digital POS support ZARGES provides various videos that you can use for your online shop: p Marketing videos p Instructional videos p YouTube videos

312

Elliptical display Height 1.6 m, indoor

Pallet cover For 2 Euro pallets stacked on top of each other, indoor

Ladder racks Mobile 1.0 m (indoor & outdoor), stationary 1.5 m (indoor), incl. two printed side panels and a magnetic sign

Other POS materials p DIN A4 brochure holders with 3 compartments p Sticker with ZARGES logo p Ceiling danglers p Flags and advertising banners p Warning flags (for safe transport of equipment after purchase)

Service and information/website

ZARGES website Products, services, downloads, contacts – everything at a glance. Find products, specialist dealers and sales representatives intuitively – using a smartphone, tablet or computer. Product images, detailed images, pictures of products in use, and videos

PDF data sheets of each product and variant

Comprehensive product descriptions

Detailed technical specifications

Clear presentation of available variants

Download manuals, user information, certificates and high-resolution product images

Appropriate spare parts

Accessories available

Find the right ladder effortlessly. The ZARGES Selector. The ladder finder: at www.zarges.com or on smartphones and tablets.

313

Service and information/search index Order No.

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

1041356 100

40011 225

40055328 209

40155398 211

1041358 100

40013 225

40055330 209

40155404 211

1041360 100

40015 225

40055332 209

40155406 211

1041362 100

40020 - 40024

172

40055334 209

40155408 211

1041364 100

40025 - 40030

141

40055336 209

40155410 211

1041511 - 1041515

40031 - 40038

149

40055338 209

40155412 211

1141356 100

40042 147

40055344 209

40155414 211

1141358 100

40051 159

40055346 209

40155416 211

1141360 100

40055204 209

40055348 209

40155418 211

1141362 100

40055206 209

40055350 209

40155424 211

1141364 100

40055208 209

40055352 209

40155426 211

1141511 - 1141515

101

40055210 209

40055354 209

40155428 211

217510 119

40055212 209

40055356 209

40155430 211

290924

273, 288

40055214 209

40055358 209

40155432 211

299848 169

40055216 209

40058 - 40059

173

40155434 211

3008 77

40055218 209

40060000 - 40060001

219

40155436 211

40055224 209

40060010 - 40060011

219

40155438 211

343904 45

40055226 209

40060013 - 40060014

219

40155444 211

362162 87

40055228 209

40060016 - 40060017

219

40155446 211

362795 87

40055230 209

40060020 - 40060021

219

40155448 211

363160 87

40055232 209

40060025 - 40060026

219

40155450 211

364839 87

40055234 209

40060030 - 40060031

219

40155452 211

365738 87

40055236 209

40060040 222

40155454 211

366035 87

40055238 209

40097 - 40099

159

40155456 211

366042 - 366043

40055244 209

40100 167

40155458 211

366045 87

40055246 209

40104 - 40108

141

40155464 211

366206 26

40055248 209

40110 141

40155466 211

366217 - 366218

40055250 209

40115 167

40155468 211

367567 - 367568

40055252 209

40155364 211

40155470 211

368987 - 368988

40055254 209

40155368 211

40155472 211

370903 87

40055256 209

40155370 211

40155474 211

372312 - 372313

40055258 209

40155372 211

40155476 211

373696 87

40055264 209

40155374 211

40155478 211

374752 87

40055266 209

40155376 211

40156 - 40159

375891 44

40055268 209

40155378 211

40189 224

379083 27

40055270 209

40155384 211

40206 - 40210

379725 27

40055272 209

40155386 211

40212 106

380366 27

40055274 209

40155388 211

40213

380378 27

40055276 209

40155390 211

40214 - 40217

104

40002 221

40055278 209

40155392 211

40218 - 40221

172

40008 97

40055324 209

40155394 211

40222 - 40225

171

40010 97

40055326 209

40155396 211

40226 169

31000840 - 31000842

314

Page

101

172

106

103, 170

Service and information/search index Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

40231 173

40255098 215

40255784 213

40378 96

40233 - 40235

149

40255100 215

40255786 213

40380 96

40242 - 40244

172

40255102 215

40255788 213

40382 96

40245 - 40249

104

40255104 215

40255790 213

40384 96

40250 - 40252

169

40255106 215

40255792 213

40390 171

40254 - 40255

171

40255114 215

40255794 213

40392 - 40394

150

40255014 215

40255116 215

40255796 213

40395 - 40399

164

40255016 215

40255118 215

40255798 213

40400 - 40401

40255018 215

40255120 215

40255800 213

40410 96

40255020 215

40255122 215

40255804 213

40429 151

40255022 215

40255124 215

40255806 213

40431 - 40435

133

40255024 215

40255126 215

40255808 213

40446 - 40449

106

40255026 215

40255704 213

40255810 213

40450 171

40255028 215

40255706 213

40255812 213

40467 - 40469

103

40255030 215

40255708 213

40255814 213

40477 - 40479

128

40255034 215

40255710 213

40255816 213

40490 165

40255036 215

40255712 213

40255818 213

40492 165

40255038 215

40255714 213

40255820 213

40493 - 40495

131

40255040 215

40255716 213

40260 - 40265

148

40500 - 40506

40255042 215

40255724 213

40267 - 40269

148

40510 - 40515

40255044 215

40255726 213

40270 167

40551 - 40555

40255046 215

40255728 213

40273 148

40559 76

40255048 215

40255730 213

40274 - 40275

40564 - 40568

40255050 215

40255732 213

40277 140

40580 21

40255054 215

40255734 213

40300 167

40582 24

40255056 215

40255736 213

40301

157, 168, 224, 225, 255

40583 25

40255058 215

40255744 213

40309 - 40310

173

40607 - 40608

42, 60

40255060 215

40255746 213

40311 - 40317

140

40624 - 40625

40255062 215

40255748 213

40320 140

40626 - 40627

40255064 215

40255750 213

40333 - 40338

131

40628 38

40255066 215

40255752 213

40340 131

40630 37

40255068 215

40255754 213

40353 - 40358

139

40631 75

40255070 215

40255756 213

40355903 - 40355910

217

40633 76

40255074 215

40255764 213

40355913 - 40355920

217

40634 78

40255076 215

40255766 213

40355923 - 40355930

217

40635 75

40255078 215

40255768 213

40355933 - 40355940

217

40644 - 40646

40255080 215

40255770 213

40355943 - 40355950

217

40654 75

40255082 215

40255772 213

40355953 - 40355960

217

40661 78

40255084 215

40255774 213

40360 139

40674 76

40255086 215

40255776 213

40370 98

40675

40255094 215

40255778 213

40371 173

40677 - 40678

40255096 215

40255780 213

40372 - 40374

40680

140

150

75, 76 21 42, 60

315

Service and information/search index Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

40691 - 40692

41012 - 41016

41325 - 41329

119

41559 135

40700 - 40706

41114 - 41115

117

41331 119

41560 94

40707 - 40708

41118 117

41342 - 41343

163

41561 135

40709 - 40711

41133 114

41346 163

41562 94

40730 37

41135 - 41138

41356 95

41563 135

40735 - 40737

41145 - 41149

126

41358 95

41564 94

40738 - 40740

41165 - 41170

142

41360 95

41565 135

40741 - 40742

41181 267

41362 95

41567 135

40744 - 40746

41189 - 41192

41364 95

41610 - 41611

115

136

40747 61

41201, 41205, 121

41366 95

41632 - 41635

128

40756 79

41207 121

41373 - 41378

41636 - 41642

125

40757 61

41209 121

41380 127

41649 122

130

41383 - 41385

113

41661 - 41662

120

40780 78

41230 130

41386 - 41389

165

41667 - 41669

122

40810 21

41235 - 41237

164

41391 - 41397

164

41671

41240 - 41242

262, 264

41399 165

41672 122

40834 44

41244

262, 267

41402 - 41406

41673 145

40835 - 40837

41245

262, 268

41412 - 41416

41674 - 41679

40839 21

41247 268

41421 - 41427

129

40841 - 40849

41250

41430 137

41683 - 41685

145

137

41688 - 41689

115

40763 - 40766

40832 - 40833

127

41223 - 41228

207, 213, 215

122, 147, 172

122

41681 122

40855520 - 40855531

207

41251 97

41432 - 41438

40855540 - 40855542

207

41252

41445 269

41695 165

40855544 - 40855546

207

41253 97

41457 - 41459

41713 - 41722

40855548 - 40855550

207

41254

207, 213, 215

41490 - 41491

146

41726 - 41730

41255 97

41493 - 41495

146

41809 17

40859 21

207, 213, 215

40860 - 40863

41256 - 41258

142

41510 - 41518

41810 - 41815

40864 - 40866

41260 - 41261

142

41521 - 41524

109

41816 - 41817

40875 - 40876

41263 - 41268

137

41526 109

41818

15, 17

110

41819

15, 16

40877 34

41270 137

41536 - 41540

40896 78

41274 107

41542 110

41820 - 41821

40918 151

41276 107

41544 110

41822 - 41824

40920 167

41286

41547 - 41548

41826 - 41831

40922 168

41287 267

41549 135

41832 - 41833

40939 170

41288 107

41550 94

41834 37

262, 267

41290 107

41551 135

41835 17

40960 171

41292 107

41552 94

41836 44

40967 165

41303 - 41308

136

41553 135

41837 17

165

41310 136

41554 94

41838 44

40980 165

41312 136

41555 135

41850 - 41852

40997 169

41314 136

41556 94

41854 68

40998 171

41316 136

41557 135

41858 68

40999

41322 - 41324

41558 94

41861 - 41862

40945

40969 - 40970

316

165, 170

262, 264

143

Service and information/search index Order no.

41869 - 41872

Page

41904 254 41916 - 41918

162

Order no.

42355279

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

207, 209, 211, 213, 215

42574 112

42973 253

42355280 224

42576 112

42978 - 42979

251

207

42755 253

43025 - 43026

223 223

42355281 - 42355283

41919 168

42355284

209, 211

42780 - 42783

236

43029 - 43030

145, 146

42355286

209, 211

42784 - 42788

237

43049 266

41921 146

42355288

209, 211

42789 238

41923 145

42355290

209, 211

42790

41925 - 41929

145

42355292

209, 211

42791 236

43240 - 43242

262, 264

41933 - 41934

113

42355294

209, 211

42792

233, 235, 238

43243

262, 266

41936 143

42355296

209, 211

42794

233, 235, 238

43244

262, 267

41938 143

42355298

209, 211

42832 254

43245

262, 268

41941 - 41943

117

42355301 - 42355303

42837 - 42838

250

43247 268

41951 - 41957

154

42355304

207, 209, 211

42847 255

43248 266

41957

153 - 157

42355306

209, 211

42850 252

43249 - 43250

41959

153 - 155, 157

42355308

209, 211

42860 - 42863

253

43251 266

41960 170

42355310

209, 211

42865 252

43252 265

156

42355312

209, 211

42873 254

43253 266

153 - 157, 167, 224

42355314

209, 211

42875 254

43255

269, 270

41968 224

42355316

209, 211

42886 - 42887

251

43257

262, 264

41970

42355318

209, 211

42901 - 42902

250

43258 - 43260

41920

41962 - 41964 41967

153 - 157

207

233, 235, 238

43179 - 43181

267

43239 264

265

41971 - 41976

153

42355843 207

42904 - 42905

250

43265 269

41981 - 41986

155

42355844 211

42907 - 42908

251

43266 271

41987 168

42355882 211

42910 251

43270 - 43272

270

41989 168

42355884 211

42911 252

43275 - 43277

270

41990 170

42355886 211

42912 255

43280 - 43821

271

170

42355892 207

42913 - 42914

42132 168

42355894 207

42915

42181 267

42355896 207

42917 253

41998 - 41999

252 121, 230, 255

43284

262, 267

43285 267 43286

262, 264

42240 - 42242

262, 264

42355964 - 42355971

217

42919 - 42920

255

43287 267

42244

262, 267

42355974 - 42355981

217

42926 252

43310 271

42245

262, 268

42377 - 42379

116

42928 252

43315 271

42247 268

42384 116

42929 253

43320 271

42286

262, 264

42437 - 42439

114

42930 - 42932

251

43497 270

42287 267

42440 - 42445

123

42935 251

43498 269

42300055 - 42300057

224

42446 269

42937 251

43499 270

42300075 - 42300077

224

42453 - 42458

132

42939 253

43500 - 43502

42302 168

42463 - 42468

138

42943 252

43504 272

268

147

42470 138

42947 - 42948

250

43831 39

42329 147

42566 112

42955 - 42956

250

43833 - 43834

42355273 217

42568 112

42959 254

43838 - 43839

42355275

213, 215, 217

42570 112

42961 253

43848 41

209, 211, 213, 215

42572 112

42970 253

43850 - 43856

42303 - 42305

42355276 - 423552778

317

Service and information/search index Order no.

43860 - 43869

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

44826 105

47060 - 47062

291

47537 - 47538

43871 40

44828 105

47064 - 47065

291

47539

44834 105

47067 291

47545 - 47546

287

44837 - 44842

111

47070 291

47550 - 47552

272, 287

44844 111

47096 291

47553 - 47555

286

44851 - 44854

105

47098 - 47099

291

47556

139

44868 112

47105 - 47109

292

47557 -47558

44239 264

44870 112

47110 - 47112

293

47559

44240 - 44242

262, 264

44872 112

47114 - 47120

293

47561 289

44243

262, 266

44874 112

47122 - 47137

293

47562

273, 288

44244

262, 267

45070 56

47140 - 47142

293

47563

-47565, 289

44245

262, 268

45073 56

47144 - 47150

293

47572

273, 288 273, 288

43873 - 43839

44049 266 44153 - 44158

133

44181 267 44203 - 44207

286 272, 289

272, 287 286 272, 289

44247 268

45096 - 45097

47152 - 47167

293

47588

44248 266

45133 52

47180 - 47181

293

47610 281

44249 - 44250

265

45135 52

47190 - 47191

293

47611 283

44251 266

45138 52

47205 - 47207

284

47612 281

44252 265

45141 52

47210 - 47214

284

47613 283

44253 266

45145 52

47215 267

47623 - 47625

278

44254

262, 267

45162 62

47216 - 47219

285

47633 - 47635

278

44255

269, 270

45172 62

47226 - 47227

285

47643 - 47645

280

44257

262, 264

45173 - 45174

47233 - 47236

285

47653 - 47655

280

265

45175 62

47243 - 47244

285

47663 - 47665

282

44266 271

45182 62

47260 - 47262

284

47673 - 47675

282

44258 - 44260

44270 - 44272

270

45183 - 45184

47266 - 47267

284

47700

44280 - 44281

271

45185 62

47301 - 47302

279

47706 282

262, 264

46054 87

47304 - 47305

281

52225 - 52226

242

44287 267

46059 87

47307 - 47308

283

52235 - 52236

242

44310 271

46072 87

47311 279

52245 - 52246

242

44315 271

46084 61

47312 281

52255 - 55256

242

44320 271

46271 87

47313 283

52265 - 52266

242

270

46273 87

47314 279

52275 - 52276

243

44495 272

46441 - 46443

47315 281

52285 - 52286

243

44520 - 44522

268

46789 43

47316 283

52295 - 52296

243

44808 94

46989 43

47321 - 47339

278

52305 - 52306

243

44810 94

47000 - 47002

290

47331 - 47339

278

52315 - 52316

243

44812 94

47004 - 47005

290

47341 - 47349

280

52325 - 52326

243

44814 94

47007 290

47351 - 47359

280

52425 - 52426

244

44816 94

47010 290

47361 - 47369

282

52435 - 52436

244

44818 - 44819

47021 290

47371 - 47379

282

52445 - 52446

244

44820 105

47023 - 47024

290

47524 - 47525

273, 288

52455 - 52456

244

44822 105

47030 - 47039

291

47530 - 47532

272, 287

52465 - 52466

244

44824 105

47050 - 47054

291

47533 - 47535

286

52475 - 52476

245

44286

44325 - 44327

318

278, 280

Service and information/search index Order no.

Page

Order no.

52485 - 52486

245

55140 - 55144

162

800204 178

800409 189

52495 - 52496

245

58148 262

800237 197

800410 - 800411

52505 - 52506

245

58157 262

800238 195

800412 189

52515 - 52516

245

58165 262

800239 180

800413 188

52525 - 52526

245

58174 262

800242 - 800243

176

800424 - 800425

188

53003 - 53004

247

58185 262

800245 193

800426 - 800427

179

53023 - 53024

246

58196 262

800253 256

800434 184

53043 - 53044

246

58248 262

800266 179

800443 - 800445

53063 - 53064

247

58257 262

800268 179

800451 184

53083 - 53084

247

58265 262

800270 191

800456 - 800457

257

53099 240

58274 262

800273 181

800466 - 800469

188

53101 241

58285 262

800276 291

800475 188

53111 241

58296 262

800277

290, 291

800476 189

53121 240

58348 262

800288 - 800289

179

800479 190

53131 240

58357 262

800293 - 800294

185

800480 - 800481

190

53141 240

58365 262

800295 - 800296

177

800491 - 800492

187

53151 240

58374 262

800298 177

800493 180

53161 241

58385 262

800300 184

800497 177

53171 241

58396 262

800302 - 800303

192

800498 179

53181 241

58448 262

800304 - 800305

187

800519 201

53191 241

58457 262

800307 187

800530 196

53199 240

58465 262

800308 - 800309

800533 - 800534

53201 241

58474 262

800311 184

800540 257

53211 241

58485 262

800320 - 800321

196

800541 179

53221 240

58496 262

800322 - 800323

182

800542 - 800552

53231 240

591000 161

800324 197

53241 240

591004 - 591006

161

800325 - 800326

178

800580 - 800583

53251 240

591010 - 591011

161

800328 - 800338

190

803298 181

53261 241

591020 - 591022

161

800329 - 800338

190

803366 200

53271 241

591030 161

800343 - 800344

180

803750 - 803751

195

53281 241

800122 - 800123

193

800345 256

803938 - 803943

190

53291 241

800131 - 800132

178

800347 - 800348

803956 186

53300 239

800133 - 800134

182

800352 197

807292 - 807295

53400 239

800135 197

800358 177

807354 199

53510 232-235

800140 176

800359 182

807434 186

Page

Order no.

Page

180

256

Order no.

Page

188

190

199

187

800553 183 183

190

53511 - 53516

234

800142 - 800143

176

800363 177

807492 - 807493

188

53521 - 53526

232

800144 177

800378 179

807502 - 807503

191

53550 - 53552

233, 235

800145 201

800390 - 800402

188

807523 - 807525

188

53553 - 53556

235

800146 177

800405 189

807592 188

53558 - 53559

233

800169 182

800406 188

807777 199

53794 - 53795

230

800172 256

800407 189

808776 186

53796 231

800175 256

800408 188

808778 186

319

Service and information/search index Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

Order no.

Page

808930 198

824131 184

826782 194

829820 183

809021 192

824133 184

826790 - 826795

191

829855 200

809101 198

824135 - 824136

184

826815 195

831407 46

809135 195

824150 182

826844 195

831430 46

809499 185

824152 - 824153

182

826845 195

8505 - 8506

809808 196

824160 182

827000 176

859778 - 859779

174

824162 182

827363 197

859965 - 859966

8110 175

824165 182

827494 190

860116 256

814125 195

824242 - 824243

827542 189

860240 192

818029 - 818030

195

824256 200

827545 - 827546

861780 - 861781

8200 - 8203

174

824276 187

827548 189

862292 47

820387 193

824277 198

827574 189

862734 196

820418 192

824282 - 824283

181

827577 190

873900 191

8206 - 8210

824302 176

827586 190

8831 - 8832

824321 - 824324

827589 - 827591

891209 200

8100 - 8107

8206

174 135, 174

180

189

191

175

273, 288

820684 193

824347 176

827602 190

910020 - 910025

820687 193

824350 176

827604 190

9120 174

820688

824352 - 824355

176

827605 - 827606

189

926000 23

820693 193

824369 198

827607 - 827608

190

926002 - 926003

820816 186

824396 178

827613 189

926005 - 926008

820935 192

824399 178

827616 189

9897 175

821357 191

824409 178

827638 - 827639

190

x40155366 211

821359 191

824424 - 824425

178

827648 - 827649

189

821372 191

824427 - 824428

178

827657 189

821376 191

824437 - 824439

178

827670 189

191

824455 - 824456

199

827672 - 827677

821382 185

824473 - 824478

181

827687 190

821378 - 821379

193, 257

189

173

824486 176

827692 - 827693

823256 194

824502 181

827695 190

823316 194

824732 197

827882 - 827885

189

823336 194

826040 185

827894 - 827897

190

823475 187

826077 194

827900 - 827903

189

823867 - 823868

199

826082 194

827905 - 827911

189

823871 - 823872

187

826148 185

828384 - 828385

200

823877 187

826250 185

829590 181

823879 187

826254 - 826255

185

829669 190

823914 187

826258 - 826259

185

829687 176

823981 187

826260 - 826261

185

829729 189

824017 182

826297 - 826299

185

829736 - 829737

824065 196

826506 198

829761 193

824115 - 824120

183

826546 198

829765 196

824123 - 824126

183

826686 - 826687

829798 183

821700 - 821707

320

186

190

189

Service and information/terms and conditions of warranty

Terms and conditions of warranty of ZARGES GmbH For many decades, the name of ZARGES has stood for unparalleled quality. The ZARGES quality system was reviewed as part of a certification audit and complies with the current DIN EN ISO 9001:2015 standard. We see the continuous development of our production and quality processes as an obligation towards our customers and partners. Warranty period 10 years for standard ZARGES ladders, scaffold towers and cases as well as products customised using our configurators. 2 years for medical products. The statutory warranty rights apply to all other products. Warranty If you purchase our products directly from us or from an authorised retailer, you are in good hands. This is because we guarantee that our products are free of design, workmanship and material defects when they are handed over to our end customers. This warranty applies to the above-mentioned ZARGES products and is valid within the whole of Europe. This warranty does not restrict any statutory warranty rights of the consumer. Warranties, requirements and limits Please note that warranty claims are only considered valid when the following conditions are fulfilled.

Last updated: July 2019

4. Any further claims, especially for downtime or consequential loss, are excluded. Claims that we are legally liable for shall remain unaffected. 5. The following are not covered by the warranty: • damage to our products caused by natural wear and tear, improper handling or modification (especially structural modifications), and defects on products that have been fitted with unauthorised parts or subject to improper repair. • defects on products caused by failure to observe use instructions, improper use, abnormal environmental conditions, excessive loads, excessive use of force, or inadequate care and maintenance. • minor deviations from normal conditions that do not have a significant impact on the product's value and fitness for use. • damage caused by improper packaging when returning a product. Inspection and shipping costs In the event of a valid warranty claim, we shall bear the inspection and shipping costs. If a warranty claim is considered invalid, you will be responsible for the inspection and shipping costs.

1. Warranty claims are to be made to us in writing within the warranty period as soon as a defect is discovered or could have possibly been discovered. After submitting a warranty claim, you will be promptly informed about how to proceed (e.g. return, collection). 2. You must provide invoices or other relevant documents (e.g. delivery note) as proof of purchase. 3. If a warranty claim is valid, we shall repair or replace the product with a similar product of similar function at our sole discretion and bear the resulting costs.

The General Terms and Conditions of ZARGES GmbH can be found here: www.zarges.com/en/terms-and-conditions

321

Services and information/your local ZARGES distributors

ZARGES subsidiaries Austria ZARGES GmbH · Hallergasse 37 · 1110 Vienna +43 1 749 15 53 0 · office@zarges.at · www.zarges.at

Hungary ZARGES Kft · Jókai u. 26 · 1066 Budapest +36 1 332 1190 · info@zarges.hu · www.zarges.hu

Czech Republic ZARGES CZ, s.r.o. · Hnevkovského 87 · 61700 Brno +420 5 432 34 72 7 · obchod@zarges.cz · www.zarges.cz

Netherlands, Belgium, Luxemburg ZARGES B.V. · Knippersven 7 · 5056 DE Tilburg +31 135231130 · info@zarges.nl · www.zarges.nl

Denmark ZARGES Danmark · Roholmsvej 15 · 2620 Albertslund +45 43 64 02 00 · stiger@zarges.dk · www.zarges.dk

Poland ZARGES Polska Sp. z o.o. · ul. Gen. W. Andersa 10 a · 41200 Sosnowiec +48 32 292 53 70 · zarges@zarges.com.pl · www.zarges.com.pl

Finland ZARGES OY · Tatti 7 · FIN-00760 Helsinki Phone: +358-9-777 22 55 · Fax: +358-9-777 22 13 office@zarges.fi · www.zarges.fi France ZARGAL S.A.R.L · ZA Activeum – 4 rue Georges Guynemer · 67129 Molsheim Cedex · +33 3 88 50 82 07 zargal@zargal.fr · www.zargal.fr Germany ZARGES GmbH · Zargesstraße 7 · 82362 Weilheim +49 881 687 131 · special.systems@zarges.de · www.zarges.de UK ZARGES (UK) Ltd. · Unit 8 Holdom Avenue, Saxon Park Industrial Estate, Bletchley, Milton Keynes · MK1 1QU · +44 1908 641118 · sales@zarges.co.uk · www.zarges.com/uk

322

Sweden ZARGES AB · Oestra Bangatan 14 · 19560 Arlandastad +46 8 59122000 · stegar@zarges.se · www.zarges.se Switzerland, Liechtenstein ZARGES GmbH · Oberdorf 1 · 8222 Beringen +41 52 682 0600 · schweiz@zarges.ch · www.zarges.ch USA, Canada ZARGES Inc. · Center Park Drive 1440 · 28217 Charlotte, NC +1 704 357 6285 · info@zargesusa.com · www.zargesusa.com

Please contact us for more information on other ZARGES partners in many countries worldwide:

international-sales@zarges.de www.zarges.com

Beyond just climate-neutral. ZARGES is sustainable.

ZARGES main catalogue Y

www.zarges.com

21/22

www.zarges.com CO

2021/ 22

NEUTRAL

N PA

E AT

Art.-Nr. 100EN01 04/2021 ZAR-20-048

Further information is available online or from your specialist retailer:

ZARGES

Access. Packaging & transportation. Special construction.